1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
153 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
155 \begin_inset CommandInset href
157 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
168 \begin_inset Newline newline
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Note Note
179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
180 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
181 \begin_inset Newline newline
186 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
196 LatexCommand tableofcontents
203 \begin_layout Chapter
207 \begin_layout Section
211 \begin_layout Standard
212 LyX is a document preparation system.
213 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
214 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
215 It is unlike most other
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
223 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
225 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 pt type, left justified, 5
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
254 \begin_layout Standard
255 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
272 \begin_layout Standard
274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
285 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
286 the format of all of the manuals.
287 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
288 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 \begin_layout Section
309 \begin_layout Standard
310 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
312 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
313 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
319 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
320 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
322 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
323 only a vertical scrollbar.
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
326 This, however, is due
327 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
328 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
329 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
330 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
332 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
333 this doesn't work for equations yet.
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
345 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
350 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
351 ing sections of this documentation.
354 \begin_layout Section
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
364 of the manuals from inside LyX.
365 Just select the manual you want read from the
372 \begin_layout Section
374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
376 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
383 \begin_layout Standard
384 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
385 without resorting to configuration files.
386 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
387 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
388 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
393 \begin_inset Index idx
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
403 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
404 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
409 \begin_inset space \space{}
412 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
413 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
415 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
419 \begin_inset Index idx
422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
423 Reconfiguration of LyX
428 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
431 \begin_layout Section
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
444 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
446 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
447 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
451 \begin_layout Standard
452 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
454 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
455 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
458 \begin_layout Standard
459 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
460 you can view from the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
482 reconfigure LyX (menu
484 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
488 \begin_inset Note Note
491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
492 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
500 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
501 More about TeX Code is described in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
512 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
519 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
529 \begin_inset Index idx
532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 Reconfiguration of LyX
538 See section 5.1 of the
542 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
545 \begin_layout Chapter
549 \begin_layout Section
550 Basic File Operations
551 \begin_inset Index idx
554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
563 \begin_layout Standard
568 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
569 in addition to some more advanced operations:
572 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
602 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_layout Itemize
678 \begin_layout Itemize
684 arg "dialog-show print"
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
768 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
769 space is just that — a big, blank space.
777 \begin_layout Standard
798 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
803 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
828 will reload the document from disk.
829 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
830 and want to restore it to the last save.
839 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
840 can identify them as your changes.
843 \begin_layout Section
844 Basic Editing Features
845 \begin_inset Index idx
848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
857 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
864 \begin_layout Standard
865 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
866 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
867 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
868 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
870 We'll start with cut and paste.
873 \begin_layout Standard
874 As you might expect, the
878 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
879 various other editing features.
880 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
884 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_layout Itemize
912 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
946 \begin_layout Itemize
962 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also function as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1200 LyX offers also an advanced
1203 \begin_inset space ~
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1212 feature that is described in sec.
1213 \begin_inset space ~
1217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1219 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1226 \begin_layout Standard
1227 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1228 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1230 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1235 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1242 \begin_layout Section
1244 \begin_inset Index idx
1247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1254 \begin_inset Index idx
1257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1266 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1275 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1278 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1281 or the toolbar button
1287 to undo some mistake.
1288 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1290 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1293 or the toolbar button
1300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1307 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1311 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1314 \begin_layout Standard
1315 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1324 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1325 This is a consequence of the 100
1326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1329 step undo limit, above.
1332 \begin_layout Standard
1341 work on almost everything in LyX.
1342 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1346 \begin_layout Section
1348 \begin_inset Index idx
1351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1360 \begin_layout Standard
1361 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1364 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1374 once anywhere in the edit window.
1375 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1390 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1393 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1396 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1399 \begin_layout Itemize
1400 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1409 \begin_layout Enumerate
1410 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1414 \begin_layout Standard
1415 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1416 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1420 \begin_layout Enumerate
1425 \begin_layout Standard
1430 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1435 \begin_layout Section
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1439 name "sec:Navigating"
1444 \begin_inset Index idx
1447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1460 \begin_layout Itemize
1465 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1466 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1469 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 or by the toolbar button
1478 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1484 \begin_layout Itemize
1485 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1490 and use the same menu to return to them.
1491 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1494 \begin_layout Standard
1498 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1503 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1504 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1507 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1508 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1509 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1510 your last editing position.
1513 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_layout Standard
1518 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1526 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1527 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1528 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1529 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1530 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1533 LatexCommand formatted
1534 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1538 ), or notes, or citations (see
1539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1540 LatexCommand formatted
1541 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1546 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1548 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1549 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1550 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1551 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1554 LatexCommand formatted
1555 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1559 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1561 LatexCommand formatted
1562 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1567 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1571 \begin_layout Standard
1572 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1573 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1574 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1575 dialog and to modify the citation.
1576 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1580 \begin_layout Standard
1581 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1583 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1584 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1592 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1597 you further to control the display.
1602 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1603 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1608 option keeps it in the current view state.
1609 Keeping means that when you have e.
1610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1614 \begin_inset space \space{}
1617 the subsections of section
1618 \begin_inset space ~
1621 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 3, the subsections of section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1634 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1649 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1658 \begin_inset Graphics
1659 filename ../images/reload.png
1664 \begin_inset space ~
1667 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1668 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/down.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1687 \begin_inset space \space{}
1691 \begin_inset Graphics
1692 filename ../images/up.png
1694 groupId toolbarbuttons
1699 \begin_inset space ~
1702 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1703 So, for example, you can move section
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1711 2.4 or after section
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1716 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1718 \begin_inset Graphics
1719 filename ../images/promote.png
1721 groupId toolbarbuttons
1726 \begin_inset Graphics
1727 filename ../images/demote.png
1729 groupId toolbarbuttons
1733 (or the corresponding key bindings
1741 ) you can change the level of sections.
1742 So you can for example make section
1743 \begin_inset space ~
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1757 \begin_layout Section
1758 Input / Word Completion
1759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1761 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1766 \begin_inset Index idx
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_inset Index idx
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 \begin_layout Standard
1811 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1813 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1814 is used to propose completions.
1817 \begin_layout Standard
1818 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1819 there are completions available.
1820 You can then press the
1824 key to use this completion.
1825 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1826 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1827 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1834 \begin_layout Standard
1835 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1837 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1840 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1842 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1845 by deselecting the option
1848 \begin_inset space ~
1857 \begin_inset space ~
1861 \begin_inset space ~
1866 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1867 To accept this proposal, use the
1876 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1877 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1885 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1892 \begin_layout Section
1894 \begin_inset Index idx
1897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_inset Index idx
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1936 \begin_inset Index idx
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1970 \begin_layout Standard
1971 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1972 LyX's default is CUA.
1975 \begin_layout Standard
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1987 \begin_inset space ~
2008 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2012 \begin_layout Labeling
2013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2017 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2018 LatexCommand nomenclature
2020 description "Tabulator key"
2026 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2027 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2028 \begin_inset space ~
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2034 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2041 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2045 , especially section
2046 \begin_inset space ~
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2052 reference "sub:Lists"
2058 If you're still confused, look in the
2065 \begin_layout Labeling
2066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2071 LatexCommand nomenclature
2073 description "Escape key"
2080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2088 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2091 \begin_layout Labeling
2092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2098 \begin_inset space ~
2102 \begin_inset space ~
2109 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2110 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 There are three modifier keys:
2118 \begin_layout Labeling
2119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2137 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2138 LatexCommand nomenclature
2140 description "Control key"
2144 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2145 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2149 \begin_layout Itemize
2158 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2161 \begin_layout Itemize
2170 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2173 \begin_layout Itemize
2182 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2186 \begin_layout Labeling
2187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2205 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2206 LatexCommand nomenclature
2208 description "Shift key"
2212 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2213 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2216 \begin_layout Labeling
2217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2236 LatexCommand nomenclature
2238 description "Alt or Meta key"
2242 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2243 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2244 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2250 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2252 menu accelerator keys
2255 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2256 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2260 \begin_layout Standard
2261 For example, the sequence
2262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2268 \begin_inset space ~
2272 \begin_inset space ~
2278 \begin_inset space ~
2286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2305 \begin_inset space ~
2311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2326 manual lists all other things bound to the
2334 \begin_layout Standard
2335 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2336 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2337 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2338 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2339 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2340 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2341 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2343 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2359 followed by a capital
2366 \begin_layout Standard
2367 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2369 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2374 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2377 as explained in sec.
2378 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2384 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2391 \begin_layout Chapter
2393 \begin_inset Index idx
2396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2405 \begin_layout Section
2407 \begin_inset Index idx
2410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2419 \begin_layout Subsection
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2424 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2425 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2426 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2427 numbering schemes, and so on.
2428 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2429 and format the title of your document differently.
2432 \begin_layout Standard
2437 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2438 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2439 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2440 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2441 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2444 \begin_layout Standard
2445 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2446 how to adjust their properties.
2449 \begin_layout Subsection
2451 \begin_inset Index idx
2454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2463 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2470 \begin_layout Standard
2471 You can select a class using the
2473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2474 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2478 \begin_inset Index idx
2481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2496 \begin_layout Standard
2497 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Article for basic articles
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Report for basic reports
2509 \begin_layout Description
2510 Book for writing a book
2513 \begin_layout Description
2514 Letter for US-style letters
2517 \begin_layout Standard
2518 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2519 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2520 will include many of these.
2521 Here are some of the classes.
2522 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2524 Special Document Classes
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2537 \begin_layout Description
2538 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2542 \begin_layout Description
2543 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2549 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2550 There are three article layouts available.
2551 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2552 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2553 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2554 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2559 sequential numbering
2560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2563 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2564 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2565 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2566 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2569 \begin_layout Description
2570 Beamer Layout for presentations
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2575 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2583 \begin_layout Description
2585 \begin_inset space ~
2588 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2595 \begin_layout Description
2596 Foils Used to make transparencies
2599 \begin_layout Description
2600 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2601 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2607 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2614 \begin_layout Description
2615 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2618 \begin_layout Description
2619 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2620 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2621 (Is used by this document.)
2624 \begin_layout Description
2625 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2628 \begin_layout Description
2629 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2632 \begin_layout Description
2637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2644 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2645 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2647 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 Slides Used to make transparencies
2654 \begin_layout Description
2656 \begin_inset space ~
2659 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2660 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2663 \begin_layout Description
2664 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2670 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2676 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2677 of the document classes.
2680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2684 \begin_layout Standard
2685 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2688 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2690 \begin_inset Index idx
2693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2710 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2711 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2713 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2718 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2719 and some of them, like
2723 , are highly specialized.
2724 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2725 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2727 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2728 by some document class.
2729 There are just too many of them.
2730 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2743 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2744 document class for a new file.
2745 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2750 Installing new LaTeX files
2751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2758 manual for information on how to install them.
2759 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2765 \begin_layout Standard
2766 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2767 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2769 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2770 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2771 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2773 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2776 \begin_inset space ~
2783 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2786 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2795 \begin_inset Index idx
2798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 \begin_layout Standard
2808 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2809 chosen document class.
2810 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2811 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2822 \begin_inset Index idx
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2836 \begin_layout Standard
2837 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2838 always installed by default.
2839 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2840 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2841 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2842 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2843 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2844 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2845 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2848 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2852 \begin_inset Index idx
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2856 Reconfiguration of LyX
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2865 Installing new LaTeX files
2866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2873 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2885 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2886 LyX will advise you about these things.
2894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2896 \begin_inset Index idx
2899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2900 Document ! Local Layout
2908 \begin_layout Standard
2909 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2910 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2911 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2912 writing a module for this purpose.
2913 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2914 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2916 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2917 What you want is LyX's
2918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2926 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2934 \begin_layout Standard
2935 Each class has a default set of options.
2936 Here's a quick table describing them:
2939 \begin_layout Standard
2940 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2946 \begin_layout Standard
2948 \begin_inset Tabular
2949 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2950 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3409 \begin_layout Standard
3410 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 You're probably also wondering what
3418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3422 \begin_inset space ~
3426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3430 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3431 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3436 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3441 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3451 headings, there are also
3459 headings, and so on.
3460 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3461 \begin_inset space ~
3465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3467 reference "sub:Headings"
3474 \begin_layout Subsection
3476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3478 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3483 \begin_inset Index idx
3486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3495 \begin_inset Index idx
3498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3507 \begin_layout Standard
3508 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3521 \begin_inset space ~
3526 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3528 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3529 to use for your document.
3530 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3534 \begin_layout Standard
3541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3547 \begin_inset space ~
3552 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3553 You can choose between the following five options:
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 Use default page style of current class.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3571 No page numbers or headings.
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3583 \begin_layout Labeling
3584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3589 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3590 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3591 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3594 \begin_layout Labeling
3595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3600 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3606 \begin_inset Index idx
3609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3610 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3616 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3617 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3619 Check the documentation for the
3623 package for more details,
3624 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3638 of paragraphs is described in section
3639 \begin_inset space ~
3643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3645 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3652 \begin_layout Subsection
3653 Paper Size and Orientation
3654 \begin_inset Index idx
3657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3658 Document ! Paper size
3664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3666 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 You'll find the following options in the menu
3677 \begin_inset space ~
3682 of the dialog of the
3684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3690 \begin_inset Index idx
3693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3702 \begin_layout Labeling
3703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3707 \begin_inset space ~
3712 What size paper to print on.
3717 \begin_layout Itemize
3723 \begin_layout Itemize
3729 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 \begin_layout Itemize
3741 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 US letter, US legal, US executive
3747 \begin_layout Itemize
3753 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Labeling
3761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3766 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3777 \begin_layout Labeling
3778 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3782 \begin_inset space ~
3787 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3788 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3791 \begin_layout Subsection
3793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3800 \begin_inset Index idx
3803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3810 \begin_inset Index idx
3813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3822 \begin_layout Standard
3823 Paper margins are set in the menu
3825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3829 \begin_inset Index idx
3832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3841 \begin_layout Standard
3842 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3843 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3844 the paper format and the font size into account.
3847 \begin_layout Subsection
3851 \begin_layout Standard
3852 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3857 That includes the paragraph environments.
3858 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3859 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3860 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3861 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3870 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3872 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3873 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3874 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3877 \begin_layout Section
3878 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3879 \begin_inset Index idx
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3883 Paragraph ! Indentation
3891 \begin_layout Subsection
3893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3895 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3903 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3904 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3908 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3909 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3910 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3911 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3915 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3921 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3922 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3923 language than English.
3924 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3927 \begin_layout Standard
3928 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3929 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3931 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3932 LyX takes care of that.
3933 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3935 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3936 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3937 of a page, and so on.
3941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3942 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3947 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3948 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3952 of these pre-coded spacings.
3953 We'll explain more later.
3956 \begin_layout Subsection
3957 Paragraph Separation
3958 \begin_inset Index idx
3961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3962 Paragraph ! Separation
3970 \begin_layout Standard
3971 To separate paragraphs, select
3982 \begin_inset space ~
3989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3993 \begin_inset Index idx
3996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4002 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4005 \begin_layout Subsection
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4013 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4015 \begin_inset space ~
4020 dialog and toggle the
4023 \begin_inset space ~
4028 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4031 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4035 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4036 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4040 \begin_layout Standard
4041 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4042 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4045 \begin_layout Subsection
4047 \begin_inset Index idx
4050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4051 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4066 \begin_inset Index idx
4069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4078 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4081 \begin_inset space ~
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4096 \begin_inset Index idx
4099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4100 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4105 installed to use this feature.
4113 \begin_layout Section
4114 Paragraph Environments
4115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4117 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4122 \begin_inset Index idx
4125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4126 Paragraph ! Environments
4132 \begin_inset Index idx
4135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4136 Paragraph environments|(
4144 \begin_layout Subsection
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4149 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4171 \begin_inset Newline newline
4174 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4175 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4176 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4185 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4188 \begin_layout Standard
4189 A paragraph environment is simply a
4190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4197 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4198 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4199 scheme, labels, and so on.
4200 Additionally, you can
4201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4208 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4209 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4210 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4211 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4212 days of typewriters.
4213 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4215 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4218 \begin_layout Standard
4219 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4220 \begin_inset Graphics
4221 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4227 at the left end of the toolbar.
4228 LyX will change the environment of the
4232 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4233 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4234 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4238 \begin_layout Standard
4247 create a new paragraph using the
4251 paragraph environment.
4253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4260 because if you are in one of these environments:
4263 \begin_layout Itemize
4269 \begin_layout Itemize
4275 \begin_layout Itemize
4281 \begin_layout Itemize
4287 \begin_layout Itemize
4293 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 \begin_layout Itemize
4305 \begin_layout Standard
4306 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4310 , rather than resetting it to
4315 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4316 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4317 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4318 \begin_inset space ~
4322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4324 reference "sec:Nesting"
4329 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4334 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4335 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4339 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4345 \begin_layout Subsection
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 The default paragraph environment is
4355 It creates a plain paragraph.
4356 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4357 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4358 this manual) are in the
4365 \begin_layout Standard
4366 You can nest a paragraph using the
4370 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4378 \begin_layout Subsection
4380 \begin_inset Index idx
4383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4392 \begin_layout Standard
4393 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4402 for thanks or contact information.
4403 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4404 page along with today's date.
4405 For other types of documents, the title
4406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4413 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4417 \begin_layout Standard
4418 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4432 Here's how you use them:
4435 \begin_layout Itemize
4436 Put the title of your document in the
4443 \begin_layout Itemize
4444 Put the author name in the
4451 \begin_layout Itemize
4452 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4453 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4459 Note that using this environment is optional.
4460 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4461 If you don't want any date, add the line
4462 \begin_inset Newline newline
4472 \begin_inset Newline newline
4475 to the preamble of your document (menu
4477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 You can use footnotes to insert
4485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4492 or contact information.
4495 \begin_layout Subsection
4497 \begin_inset Index idx
4500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4516 \begin_layout Standard
4517 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4518 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4523 \begin_inset Index idx
4526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4527 Section headings ! Numbered
4535 \begin_layout Standard
4536 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4540 \begin_layout Enumerate
4546 \begin_layout Enumerate
4552 \begin_layout Enumerate
4558 \begin_layout Enumerate
4564 \begin_layout Enumerate
4570 \begin_layout Enumerate
4576 \begin_layout Enumerate
4582 \begin_layout Standard
4583 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4584 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4585 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4590 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4591 You group the book into chapters.
4592 LyX does similar grouping:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4600 is divided in either
4611 \begin_layout Itemize
4623 \begin_layout Itemize
4635 \begin_layout Itemize
4647 \begin_layout Itemize
4659 \begin_layout Itemize
4671 \begin_layout Standard
4672 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4680 Not all document types use the
4684 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4689 is the top-level heading.
4697 \begin_layout Standard
4702 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4703 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4705 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4719 \begin_inset Index idx
4722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4723 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4731 \begin_layout Standard
4732 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4742 \begin_layout Enumerate
4748 \begin_layout Enumerate
4754 \begin_layout Enumerate
4760 \begin_layout Enumerate
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4775 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4776 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4777 table of contents, see section
4778 \begin_inset space ~
4782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4792 Changing the Numbering
4793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4795 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4802 \begin_layout Standard
4803 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4804 in the Table of Contents.
4805 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4807 Certain classes start with
4821 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4831 This is something you can change.
4834 \begin_layout Standard
4837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4843 \begin_inset Index idx
4846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4857 \begin_inset space ~
4861 \begin_inset space ~
4866 you'll see two counters.
4871 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4873 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4878 Short Titles of Headings
4879 \begin_inset Index idx
4882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4883 Section headings ! Short titles
4889 \begin_inset Argument
4892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4899 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4901 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4910 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4911 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4912 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4917 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4918 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4919 To specify a short title, use the menu
4921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4923 \begin_inset space ~
4929 This will insert a box labeled
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4945 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4946 This also works for captions inside floats.
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4950 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4957 \begin_layout Standard
4958 The following information applies to all section headings:
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4969 \begin_layout Itemize
4970 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4974 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4977 \begin_layout Subsection
4978 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4981 \begin_layout Standard
4982 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4996 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4997 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4998 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4999 the text they contain.
5000 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5008 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5021 when you start a new paragraph.
5022 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5026 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5027 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5028 to change back to the
5032 environment yourself.
5035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5052 \begin_inset Index idx
5055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5064 \begin_layout Standard
5065 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5066 time for the differences.
5075 are identical except for one difference:
5079 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5088 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5091 \begin_layout Standard
5092 Here's an example of the
5105 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5107 See – no indentation!
5111 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5112 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5113 the other paragraph.
5116 \begin_layout Standard
5117 Here's another example, this time in the
5124 \begin_layout Quotation
5130 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5131 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5132 the first line, then
5136 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5140 you were quoting other text.
5143 \begin_layout Quotation
5144 Here's a new paragraph.
5145 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5146 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 As the examples show,
5154 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5155 They should put quotes in the
5160 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5164 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5173 \begin_inset Index idx
5176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5185 \begin_inset Index idx
5188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5204 \begin_layout Standard
5209 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5215 \begin_inset Newline newline
5218 Which I did not rehearse!
5222 It could be much worse.
5223 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5225 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5226 indented a bit more than the first.
5227 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5233 \begin_inset Newline newline
5236 And make things look fine
5237 \begin_inset Newline newline
5243 arg "newline-insert newline"
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5254 does not indent both margins.
5255 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5256 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5263 arg "newline-insert newline"
5269 \begin_layout Subsection
5271 \begin_inset Index idx
5274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5291 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5301 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5310 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5311 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5312 some general features of all four of them.
5315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5319 \begin_layout Standard
5320 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5322 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5331 reset the environment to
5335 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5336 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5337 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5341 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5344 to break paragraphs.
5347 \begin_layout Standard
5348 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5349 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5351 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5352 you read all of section
5353 \begin_inset space ~
5357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5359 reference "sec:Nesting"
5367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5373 \begin_inset Index idx
5376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5393 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5397 paragraph environment.
5398 It has the following properties:
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5410 \begin_layout Itemize
5411 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 The items can have any length.
5417 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5418 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 environment inside another
5434 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5442 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5446 \begin_layout Itemize
5448 \begin_inset space ~
5452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5454 reference "sec:Nesting"
5458 for a full explanation of nesting.
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5463 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5472 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5475 \begin_layout Standard
5476 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5477 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the first level
5485 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5489 \begin_layout Itemize
5490 The label for the second level is a dash.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5499 \begin_layout Itemize
5500 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5504 \begin_layout Itemize
5505 Back out to the third level.
5509 \begin_layout Itemize
5510 Back to the second level.
5514 \begin_layout Itemize
5515 Back to the outermost level.
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 These are the default labels for an
5524 You can customize these labels in the
5526 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5529 dialog in the submenu
5536 \begin_inset Index idx
5539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5548 \begin_layout Standard
5549 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5550 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5552 \begin_inset space ~
5556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5558 reference "sec:Nesting"
5565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5571 \begin_inset Index idx
5574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5583 name "sec:Enumerate"
5590 \begin_layout Standard
5595 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5596 It has these properties:
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5609 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5618 environment resets the counter to one.
5621 \begin_layout Enumerate
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5636 Items can have any length.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5643 \begin_layout Enumerate
5644 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5647 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5652 \begin_layout Standard
5661 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5662 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The first level of an
5674 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5678 \begin_layout Enumerate
5679 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5688 \begin_layout Enumerate
5689 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5698 \begin_layout Enumerate
5699 Back to the third level
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 Back to the second level.
5708 \begin_layout Enumerate
5709 Back to the outermost level.
5712 \begin_layout Standard
5713 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5718 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5723 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5727 \begin_layout Standard
5728 There is more to nesting
5732 environments than we've stated here.
5733 You should read section
5734 \begin_inset space ~
5738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5740 reference "sec:Nesting"
5744 to learn more about nesting.
5747 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5753 \begin_inset Index idx
5756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5765 \begin_layout Standard
5766 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5770 list has no fixed label.
5771 Instead, LyX uses the first
5772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5779 of the first line as the label.
5783 \begin_layout Description
5784 Example: This is an example of the
5791 \begin_layout Standard
5792 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5796 \begin_layout Standard
5798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5805 it is meant that the first hit of the
5809 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5811 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5819 arg "space-insert protected"
5824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5825 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5827 \begin_inset space ~
5833 \begin_inset space ~
5837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5839 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5843 for more info.) Here is an example:
5846 \begin_layout Description
5848 \begin_inset space ~
5851 Example: This one shows how to use a
5854 \begin_inset space ~
5866 \begin_layout Description
5867 Usage: You should use the
5871 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5872 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5874 It's not a good idea to use a
5878 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5879 You're better off using
5891 paragraphs into them.
5894 \begin_layout Description
5895 Nesting: You can nest
5899 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5904 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5905 them from the first line.
5908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5914 \begin_inset Index idx
5917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5931 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5935 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5943 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5948 environment is named
5960 \begin_layout Standard
5969 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5970 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5973 \begin_layout Labeling
5974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5976 \begin_inset space ~
5979 labels LyX uses the first
5980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5987 of each line as the item label.
5992 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5993 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5994 blank as described above.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5999 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6000 the body of the item text.
6001 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6002 label width plus a little extra space.
6006 \begin_layout Labeling
6007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6009 \begin_inset space ~
6012 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6014 If the label width is larger, the label
6015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6022 into the first line.
6023 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6024 margin of the rest of the item text.
6027 \begin_layout Labeling
6028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6030 \begin_inset space ~
6033 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6038 environment have the same left margin.
6039 \begin_inset Newline newline
6042 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6045 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6056 \begin_inset space ~
6061 determines the default label width.
6062 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6071 multiple times instead.
6072 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6081 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6084 \begin_inset space ~
6089 every time you alter a label in a
6094 \begin_inset Newline newline
6097 The predefined default width is the length of
6098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6107 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6119 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6120 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6133 environment the same way like the
6137 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6143 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6152 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6154 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6156 \begin_inset space ~
6160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6162 reference "sec:Nesting"
6166 to learn about nesting.
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6170 There is yet another feature of the
6174 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6176 You can use additional
6180 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6185 are documented in section
6186 \begin_inset space ~
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6192 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6197 Here are some examples:
6198 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 Left The default for
6213 \begin_layout Labeling
6214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6215 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6225 \begin_layout Labeling
6226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6231 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6238 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6241 \begin_layout Subsection
6243 \begin_inset Index idx
6246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6256 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6259 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6261 in the document settings.
6262 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6267 \begin_inset Index idx
6270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6271 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6280 Custom Enumerate Lists
6281 \begin_inset Index idx
6284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6285 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6295 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6301 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6302 There you add the command
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6313 \begin_layout Standard
6314 in TeX Code (shortcut
6324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6325 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6326 \begin_inset space ~
6330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6332 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6345 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6352 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6353 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6366 For Arabic numerals use
6374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6381 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6396 \begin_layout Standard
6398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6406 You can only number 26
6407 \begin_inset space ~
6410 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6418 \begin_layout Standard
6419 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6420 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6423 \begin_layout Standard
6424 As example a list with custom numbering:
6427 \begin_layout Enumerate
6428 \begin_inset Argument
6431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6457 \begin_layout Enumerate
6458 \begin_inset Argument
6461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6484 \begin_layout Enumerate
6489 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 \begin_inset Argument
6493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6517 \begin_layout Enumerate
6518 \begin_inset Argument
6521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 For this list these commands were used:
6551 \begin_layout Standard
6562 \begin_inset Newline newline
6570 \begin_inset Newline newline
6578 \begin_inset Newline newline
6588 \begin_layout Standard
6595 makes the label emphasized and
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6613 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6614 lists until you change the definition.
6622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6624 \begin_inset Index idx
6627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6628 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6636 \begin_layout Standard
6637 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6640 \begin_layout Enumerate
6641 \begin_inset Argument
6644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6663 \begin_inset Note Note
6666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6667 goes back to default numbering
6675 \begin_layout Enumerate
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6683 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6687 \begin_layout Standard
6688 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6693 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6694 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6697 \begin_layout Standard
6698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6706 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6715 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6717 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6718 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6719 of a normal new enumeration.
6720 There insert the command
6723 \begin_layout Standard
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6734 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6738 \begin_layout Enumerate
6742 \begin_layout Enumerate
6746 \begin_layout Standard
6747 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6750 \begin_layout Enumerate
6751 \begin_inset Argument
6754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6770 This enumeration starts at 4
6773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6775 \begin_inset Index idx
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6790 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6793 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 with standard spacing
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6804 There add the command
6808 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 \begin_inset Argument
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6834 \begin_layout Itemize
6838 \begin_layout Itemize
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6849 \begin_inset Index idx
6852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6853 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6859 For more info see its documentation,
6860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6869 \begin_layout Standard
6870 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6872 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6873 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6877 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6880 \begin_layout Enumerate
6881 \begin_inset Argument
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6892 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6905 \begin_layout Enumerate
6906 with negative indentation
6909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6910 Further Customization
6911 \begin_inset Index idx
6914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6924 You can also change the style of description lists.
6928 \begin_layout Standard
6934 \begin_layout Standard
6935 changes the description label font, the command
6938 \begin_layout Standard
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6945 sets the list style.
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6949 An example where the command
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6957 itshape, style=nextline
6960 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_layout Description
6966 \begin_inset space ~
6970 \begin_inset Argument
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6979 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6981 itshape, style=nextline
6991 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6992 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6996 \begin_layout Description
6998 \begin_inset space ~
7001 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7002 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7003 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7013 \begin_inset Index idx
7016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7017 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7023 For more info see its documentation,
7024 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7033 \begin_layout Subsection
7035 \begin_inset Index idx
7038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7055 \begin_inset space ~
7063 \begin_layout Standard
7064 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7072 \begin_inset space ~
7078 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7079 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7080 In contrast, you can use the
7087 \begin_inset space ~
7092 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7093 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7097 \begin_layout Standard
7098 Of course, you're not limited to using
7105 \begin_inset space ~
7114 \begin_inset space ~
7119 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7120 some European academic papers.
7123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7127 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7139 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7140 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7144 \begin_inset space ~
7149 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7150 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7151 Here's an example of each:
7154 \begin_layout Right Address
7156 \begin_inset Newline newline
7160 \begin_inset Newline newline
7164 \begin_inset Newline newline
7167 When is it? What is today?
7170 \begin_layout Standard
7174 \begin_inset space ~
7180 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7181 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7182 Here's an example of the
7189 \begin_layout Address
7191 \begin_inset Newline newline
7194 Where do I send this
7195 \begin_inset Newline newline
7198 Your post office and country
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7202 As you can see, both
7209 \begin_inset space ~
7214 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7219 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7225 This makes sense, since
7233 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7234 Thus, you have to use
7241 arg "newline-insert newline"
7247 \begin_inset space ~
7250 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7252 \begin_inset space ~
7261 menu) to start a new line in an
7268 \begin_inset space ~
7276 \begin_layout Subsection
7280 \begin_layout Standard
7281 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7282 or list of references.
7283 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7286 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7290 \begin_inset Index idx
7293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7302 \begin_layout Standard
7307 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7308 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7309 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7310 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7314 in anything else or vice versa.
7320 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7321 The book document classes ignores the
7325 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7329 in a letter document class.
7332 \begin_layout Standard
7337 environment does several things for you.
7338 First, it puts the centered label
7339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7347 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7349 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7350 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7351 the subsequent text.
7352 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7353 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7356 \begin_layout Standard
7357 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7361 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7362 The new paragraph will still be in the
7367 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7368 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7371 \begin_layout Standard
7372 \begin_inset Float figure
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7379 \begin_inset Graphics
7380 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7388 \begin_inset Caption
7390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7393 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7415 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7419 environment, but since this document is in the
7420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7427 class, we can't do this.
7428 We inserted it therefore as figure
7429 \begin_inset space ~
7433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7435 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7440 If you've never heard of an
7441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7448 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7457 \begin_inset Index idx
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7469 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7476 \begin_layout Standard
7481 environment is used to list references.
7482 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7483 only use it at the end of the document.
7488 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7491 \begin_layout Standard
7492 When you first open a
7496 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7512 depending on the document class.
7513 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7514 Each paragraph of the
7518 environment is a bibliography entry.
7523 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7524 Each new paragraph is still in the
7531 \begin_layout Standard
7532 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7533 by using a BibTeX database.
7534 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7535 phy handling, have a look at in section
7536 \begin_inset space ~
7540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7542 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7549 \begin_layout Subsection
7553 \begin_inset Index idx
7556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7557 Paragraph ! LyX code
7563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7572 \begin_layout Standard
7577 environment is another LyX extension.
7578 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7583 key as a fixed whitespace;
7587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7599 \begin_inset space ~
7604 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7609 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7610 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7613 arg "newline-insert newline"
7630 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7631 So, when you finish using the
7635 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7636 Also, you can nest the
7640 environment inside of others.
7643 \begin_layout Standard
7644 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7647 \begin_layout Itemize
7651 arg "newline-insert newline"
7654 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7659 \begin_inset space \space{}
7669 arg "newline-insert newline"
7675 \begin_layout Itemize
7679 arg "newline-insert newline"
7690 \begin_layout Itemize
7695 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7702 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 arg "space-insert protected"
7713 \begin_layout Itemize
7714 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7715 You must put at least one
7719 in any line you want blank.
7720 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7723 \begin_layout Itemize
7724 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7728 since that will insert
7733 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7736 arg "self-insert \""
7742 \begin_layout Standard
7746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7750 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7762 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7763 printf("Hello World!
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7776 \begin_layout Standard
7777 This is just the standard
7778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7789 \begin_layout Standard
7794 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7795 rc-files, and so on.
7796 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7797 as if you used a typewriter.
7798 \begin_inset Index idx
7801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7802 Paragraph environments|)
7810 \begin_layout Section
7811 Nesting Environments
7812 \begin_inset Index idx
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 Nesting ! Environments
7822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7831 \begin_layout Subsection
7835 \begin_layout Standard
7836 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7838 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7840 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7842 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7854 \begin_layout Enumerate
7858 \begin_layout Enumerate
7863 \begin_layout Enumerate
7867 \begin_layout Enumerate
7872 \begin_layout Enumerate
7876 \begin_layout Standard
7877 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7878 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7881 \begin_inset space ~
7885 \begin_inset space ~
7893 \begin_inset space ~
7897 \begin_inset space ~
7906 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7907 will tell you how far you are nested).
7908 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7911 arg "depth-increment"
7917 arg "depth-decrement"
7920 or the convenient key bindings
7931 arg "depth-increment"
7937 arg "depth-decrement"
7940 to change the nesting level.
7941 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7942 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7946 \begin_layout Standard
7947 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7948 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7949 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7950 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7953 \begin_layout Standard
7954 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7955 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7957 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7961 What You Can and Can't Nest
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7966 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7970 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7971 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7972 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7976 Completely unnestable
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7991 environments have them:
7994 \begin_layout Description
7995 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7996 Can't nest into them.
8000 \begin_layout Itemize
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 \begin_layout Itemize
8018 \begin_layout Itemize
8024 \begin_layout Itemize
8031 \begin_layout Description
8033 \begin_inset space ~
8036 Nestable You can nest them.
8037 You can nest other things into them.
8041 \begin_layout Itemize
8047 \begin_layout Itemize
8053 \begin_layout Itemize
8059 \begin_layout Itemize
8065 \begin_layout Itemize
8071 \begin_layout Itemize
8077 \begin_layout Itemize
8083 \begin_layout Itemize
8090 \begin_layout Description
8091 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8092 You can't nest anything into them.
8096 \begin_layout Itemize
8102 \begin_layout Itemize
8108 \begin_layout Itemize
8114 \begin_layout Itemize
8120 \begin_layout Itemize
8126 \begin_layout Itemize
8132 \begin_layout Itemize
8138 \begin_layout Itemize
8144 \begin_layout Itemize
8150 \begin_layout Itemize
8156 \begin_layout Itemize
8162 \begin_layout Itemize
8168 \begin_layout Itemize
8174 \begin_layout Itemize
8178 \begin_inset space ~
8184 \begin_layout Itemize
8191 \begin_layout Standard
8192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8200 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8209 \begin_inset space ~
8213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8217 \begin_inset space \space{}
8220 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8221 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8222 section headings violate this.
8230 \begin_layout Subsection
8231 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8232 \begin_inset Index idx
8235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8236 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8244 \begin_layout Standard
8245 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8246 affected by nesting anyhow.
8250 \begin_layout Itemize
8254 \begin_layout Itemize
8258 \begin_layout Itemize
8262 \begin_layout Standard
8264 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8272 Figures and tables in
8276 are not affected by this.
8281 Have a look at section
8282 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8288 reference "sec:Floats"
8292 for more information about
8299 \begin_layout Standard
8300 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8301 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8305 \begin_layout Standard
8306 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8314 of its own, it behaves just like a
8315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8322 paragraph environment.
8323 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8327 \begin_layout Standard
8328 Here's an example with a table:
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8336 \begin_layout Enumerate
8337 This is (a) and it's nested.
8341 \begin_layout Standard
8342 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8348 \begin_layout Standard
8350 \begin_inset Tabular
8351 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8352 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8438 \begin_layout Standard
8439 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8446 \begin_layout Enumerate
8448 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8456 \begin_layout Standard
8457 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 \begin_layout Enumerate
8466 This is (a) and it's nested.
8470 \begin_layout Standard
8471 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8477 \begin_layout Standard
8479 \begin_inset Tabular
8480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8481 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8482 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8568 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8574 \begin_layout Enumerate
8581 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8584 \begin_layout Enumerate
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8589 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8594 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8596 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8599 \begin_layout Enumerate
8604 \begin_layout Enumerate
8605 This is (a) and it's nested.
8608 \begin_layout Standard
8609 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8617 \begin_inset Tabular
8618 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8619 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8706 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8712 \begin_layout Enumerate
8714 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8722 \begin_layout Enumerate
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8727 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8733 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8734 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8738 \begin_layout Subsection
8739 Usage and General Features
8742 \begin_layout Standard
8743 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8752 is the innermost possible depth.
8753 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8756 \begin_layout Enumerate
8757 level #1 – outermost
8761 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 \begin_layout Enumerate
8771 \begin_layout Enumerate
8776 \begin_layout Itemize
8781 \begin_layout Itemize
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8791 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8792 both of them in the example.
8793 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8803 For example, if we tried to nest another
8808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8815 , we would get errors.
8818 \begin_layout Subsection
8820 \begin_inset Index idx
8823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8832 \begin_layout Standard
8833 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8834 We have several examples of nested environments.
8835 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8840 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8843 \begin_layout Labeling
8844 \labelwidthstring MMM
8845 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8854 \begin_layout Labeling
8855 \labelwidthstring MMM
8856 #2-a This is level #2.
8857 We created it by using
8860 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8866 arg "depth-increment"
8873 \begin_layout Labeling
8874 \labelwidthstring MMM
8875 #3-a This is level #3.
8876 This time, we just hit
8883 arg "depth-increment"
8887 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8891 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8897 arg "depth-increment"
8904 \begin_layout Standard
8909 environment, nested inside of
8910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8918 So, it's at level #4.
8919 We did this by hitting
8922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8928 arg "depth-increment"
8931 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8936 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8952 \begin_layout Standard
8957 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8960 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8966 \begin_layout Labeling
8967 \labelwidthstring MMM
8968 #4-a This is level #4.
8972 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8975 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8980 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8984 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8989 keep nesting things inside
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9001 \begin_layout Labeling
9002 \labelwidthstring MMM
9003 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9008 \begin_layout Labeling
9009 \labelwidthstring MMM
9010 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9011 and this is level #6.
9012 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9016 \begin_layout Labeling
9017 \labelwidthstring MMM
9018 #5-b Back to level #5.
9022 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9028 arg "depth-decrement"
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9040 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9046 arg "depth-decrement"
9049 , we're back at level #4.
9053 \begin_layout Labeling
9054 \labelwidthstring MMM
9055 #3-b Back to level #3.
9056 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9060 \begin_layout Labeling
9061 \labelwidthstring MMM
9062 #2-b Back to level #2.
9067 \begin_layout Labeling
9068 \labelwidthstring MMM
9069 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9070 After this sentence, we'll hit
9074 and change the paragraph environment back to
9081 \begin_layout Standard
9082 We could have also used the
9098 environment in place of the
9103 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9106 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9107 Example 2: Inheritance
9110 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9111 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9123 arg "depth-increment"
9126 , after which, we'll change to the
9134 \begin_layout Enumerate
9139 environment, at level #2.
9142 \begin_layout Enumerate
9143 Notice how the nested
9147 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9151 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9155 \begin_layout Standard
9156 We ended this example by hitting
9161 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9165 and reset the nesting depth by using
9168 arg "depth-decrement"
9174 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9175 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9184 \begin_inset Argument
9187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9196 \begin_layout Enumerate
9197 This is level #1, in an
9201 paragraph environment.
9202 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9206 \begin_layout Enumerate
9211 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9217 arg "depth-increment"
9221 Now, what happens if we nest an
9225 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9226 label be? An asterisk?
9230 \begin_layout Itemize
9240 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9241 So, its label is a bullet.
9242 (We got here by using
9245 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9251 arg "depth-increment"
9254 , then changing the environment to
9262 \begin_layout Itemize
9263 Here's level #4, produced using
9266 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9272 arg "depth-increment"
9276 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9281 \begin_layout Enumerate
9282 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9284 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9289 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9293 , because we are in the
9302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 \begin_layout Enumerate
9326 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9327 type of numbering does LyX use?
9330 \begin_layout Enumerate
9331 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9334 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9337 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9340 \begin_layout Enumerate
9344 arg "depth-decrement"
9347 to decrease the depth after the next
9350 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9357 \begin_layout Enumerate
9359 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9363 \begin_layout Enumerate
9365 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9366 numeral as the label.Why?
9369 \begin_layout Enumerate
9370 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9379 Notice, however, that LyX
9383 reset the counter for the label.
9387 \begin_layout Enumerate
9391 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9397 arg "depth-decrement"
9400 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9401 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9402 into the twofold-nested
9410 \begin_layout Enumerate
9411 The same thing happens if we do another
9414 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9420 arg "depth-decrement"
9423 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9426 \begin_layout Standard
9427 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9432 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9446 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9452 The same rule applies for the
9456 environment, as well.
9459 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9460 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9463 \begin_layout Enumerate
9464 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9465 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9466 same detail with how we did it.
9475 \begin_layout Standard
9483 arg "depth-increment"
9490 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9491 example in parentheses someplace.
9492 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9493 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9494 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9498 \begin_layout Enumerate
9503 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9508 Now we'll add verse.
9509 \begin_inset Newline newline
9512 It will get much worse.
9513 \begin_inset Newline newline
9523 arg "depth-increment"
9534 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9535 \begin_inset Newline newline
9538 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9539 \begin_inset Newline newline
9545 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9558 \begin_layout Standard
9559 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9567 \begin_inset Tabular
9568 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9569 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9570 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9571 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9660 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9670 arg "depth-increment"
9676 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9686 arg "depth-decrement"
9693 \begin_layout Enumerate
9698 : level #1) This is another item.
9699 Note that selecting a
9703 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9704 3 times to put the table inside the
9712 \begin_layout Quotation
9713 We're now ending the
9717 list and changing to
9722 We're still at level #1.
9723 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9724 The next set of paragraphs is a
9725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9739 \begin_inset space ~
9744 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9748 for the letter body.
9752 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9755 to preserve the depth.
9756 Remember that you need to use
9759 arg "newline-insert newline"
9762 to create multiple lines inside the
9769 \begin_inset space ~
9779 \begin_layout Right Address
9781 \begin_inset Newline newline
9784 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9785 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_layout Address
9793 \begin_inset space ~
9799 \begin_layout Quotation
9800 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9801 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9804 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9805 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9806 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9807 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9808 as soon as possible.
9809 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9812 \begin_layout Quotation
9813 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9814 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9815 with your order, along with payment.
9818 \begin_layout Quotation
9819 We thank you again for your patience.
9822 \begin_layout Address
9824 \begin_inset Newline newline
9831 \begin_layout Quotation
9832 That ends that example!
9835 \begin_layout Standard
9836 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9837 just a few keystrokes.
9838 We could have easily nested an
9859 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9862 \begin_layout Section
9863 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9864 \begin_inset Index idx
9867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9876 \begin_layout Standard
9877 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9878 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9879 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9880 be broken at the end of a line.
9881 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9885 \begin_layout Subsection
9887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9889 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9894 \begin_inset Index idx
9897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9906 \begin_layout Standard
9907 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9909 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9913 Further documentation is given in section
9914 \begin_inset Newline newline
9918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9920 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9928 \begin_layout Standard
9929 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9944 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9953 A protected space is set with
9955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9956 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9960 \begin_inset space ~
9970 arg "space-insert protected"
9976 \begin_layout Subsection
9978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9980 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9985 \begin_inset Index idx
9988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9989 Spacing ! Horizontal
9997 \begin_layout Standard
9998 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10000 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10001 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10005 The length units are listed in Appendix
10006 \begin_inset space ~
10010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10012 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10019 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10023 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10028 \begin_inset Index idx
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10032 Spaces ! Inter-word
10040 \begin_layout Standard
10042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10046 \begin_inset space \space{}
10049 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10050 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10051 \begin_inset space ~
10055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10057 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10062 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10063 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10066 arg "space-insert normal"
10072 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10076 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10081 \begin_inset Index idx
10084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10093 \begin_layout Standard
10095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10102 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10111 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10112 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10113 inside abbreviations:
10116 \begin_layout Quote
10118 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10122 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10125 \begin_layout Standard
10126 or between values and units.
10127 Compare for example this:
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10136 \begin_inset Newline newline
10139 10 kg (normal space
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10143 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10145 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10156 arg "space-insert thin"
10162 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10166 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10173 \begin_layout Standard
10174 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10177 \begin_layout Description
10179 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space ~
10186 space A line with a
10187 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10191 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10195 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10198 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10201 \begin_layout Description
10203 \begin_inset space ~
10207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10211 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10215 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10219 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10223 \begin_inset space ~
10227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10230 em) space between the arrows.
10233 \begin_layout Description
10235 \begin_inset space ~
10239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10243 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10247 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10251 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10262 em) space between the arrows.
10265 \begin_layout Description
10267 \begin_inset space ~
10271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10275 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10279 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10283 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10294 em) space between the arrows.
10297 \begin_layout Description
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10303 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10307 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10312 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10319 cm space between the arrows.
10322 \begin_layout Standard
10324 \begin_inset space ~
10328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10330 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10334 lists the different space sizes.
10337 \begin_layout Standard
10338 \begin_inset Float table
10343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10345 \begin_inset Caption
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10350 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10354 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10364 \begin_inset Tabular
10365 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10366 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10367 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10368 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10508 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10585 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10591 \begin_inset Index idx
10594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10604 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10605 in a uniform fashion.
10606 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10607 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10608 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10609 equally between themselves.
10613 \begin_layout Standard
10614 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10617 \begin_layout Quote
10619 This is on the left side
10620 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10623 This is on the right
10626 \begin_layout Quote
10629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10633 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10639 \begin_layout Quote
10642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10656 \begin_layout Standard
10657 That was an example in the
10663 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10667 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10671 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10674 is one in a standard paragraph.
10675 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10679 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10683 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10686 \begin_inset space ~
10691 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10700 \begin_inset space ~
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10708 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10736 \begin_inset space ~
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10748 \begin_inset space ~
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10756 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10760 \begin_inset space ~
10766 \begin_layout Standard
10767 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10775 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10779 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10780 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10781 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10785 option in the space dialog.
10793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10795 \begin_inset Index idx
10798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 \begin_layout Standard
10808 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10814 \begin_inset space \space{}
10817 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10820 \begin_layout Standard
10821 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10824 What is correct English?:
10825 \begin_inset Newline newline
10829 \begin_inset Newline newline
10833 \begin_inset space ~
10836 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10837 \begin_inset Newline newline
10841 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10852 \begin_inset Newline newline
10856 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10867 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10873 \begin_layout Standard
10874 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_inset space ~
10887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10891 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10893 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10894 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10898 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10904 \begin_inset space ~
10908 \begin_inset space ~
10912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10915 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10924 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10925 That is why it is named
10926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10934 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10935 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10939 \begin_layout Subsection
10941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10943 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10948 \begin_inset Index idx
10951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10964 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10966 \begin_inset space ~
10972 There you find the following sizes:
10975 \begin_layout Standard
10988 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10993 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10995 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10999 \begin_inset Index idx
11002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11003 Document ! Settings
11008 for the paragraph separation.
11009 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11020 \begin_layout Standard
11026 \begin_inset Index idx
11029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11035 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11036 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11038 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11039 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11048 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11057 s are described in section
11058 \begin_inset space ~
11062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11064 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11073 If there are several
11077 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11078 You can therefore use
11082 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11085 \begin_layout Standard
11090 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11091 \begin_inset space ~
11095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11097 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11104 \begin_layout Standard
11105 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11115 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11116 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11128 \begin_layout Subsection
11129 Paragraph Alignment
11132 \begin_layout Standard
11133 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11135 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11139 There are five possibilities:
11142 \begin_layout Itemize
11150 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11156 \begin_layout Itemize
11164 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11170 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11184 \begin_layout Itemize
11192 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11198 \begin_layout Itemize
11206 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11213 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11214 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11215 the left and right margins.
11216 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11219 \begin_layout Standard
11221 This paragraph is right aligned,
11224 \begin_layout Standard
11226 this one is centered,
11229 \begin_layout Standard
11231 this one is left aligned.
11234 \begin_layout Subsection
11236 \begin_inset Index idx
11239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11240 Page breaks ! Forced
11246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11248 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11255 \begin_layout Standard
11256 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11257 can force a page break where you want one.
11258 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11259 Only if you use a lot of
11263 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11266 \begin_layout Standard
11267 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11268 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11272 have to change the page breaking.
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11276 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11278 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11281 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11283 \begin_inset space ~
11289 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11292 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11294 \begin_inset space ~
11299 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11301 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11302 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11306 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11307 at the top of a page.
11308 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11309 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11310 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11311 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11315 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11319 to learn more about
11326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11330 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11335 \begin_inset Index idx
11338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11339 Page breaks ! Clear
11347 \begin_layout Standard
11348 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11349 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11350 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11351 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11352 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11355 \begin_layout Standard
11356 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11359 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11361 \begin_inset space ~
11367 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11370 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11372 \begin_inset space ~
11376 \begin_inset space ~
11381 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11382 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11385 \begin_layout Subsection
11387 \begin_inset Index idx
11390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11399 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11406 \begin_layout Standard
11407 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11409 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11412 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11414 \begin_inset space ~
11418 \begin_inset space ~
11426 arg "newline-insert newline"
11430 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11433 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11435 \begin_inset space ~
11439 \begin_inset space ~
11444 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11446 This is necessary to avoid
11447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11454 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11457 \begin_layout Standard
11458 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11459 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11460 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11461 set a line break, e.
11462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11466 \begin_inset space \space{}
11469 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11470 \begin_inset space ~
11474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11476 reference "sec:Quote"
11481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11483 reference "sec:Verse"
11488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11490 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11497 \begin_layout Subsection
11499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11501 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11506 \begin_inset Index idx
11509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11518 \begin_layout Standard
11520 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11531 \begin_layout Standard
11534 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11535 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11537 \begin_inset space ~
11542 you can insert horizontal lines.
11543 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11544 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11549 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11560 \begin_layout Section
11561 Characters and Symbols
11564 \begin_layout Standard
11565 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11566 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11571 \begin_inset space \space{}
11574 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11582 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11586 for information on how this is done.
11589 \begin_layout Standard
11590 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11595 dialog via the menu
11597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11598 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11604 \begin_layout Standard
11605 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11613 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11614 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11615 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11623 \begin_layout Section
11624 Fonts and Text Styles
11625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11627 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11634 \begin_layout Subsection
11636 \begin_inset Index idx
11639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 There are two types of fonts:
11652 \begin_layout Description
11654 \begin_inset space ~
11658 \begin_inset Index idx
11661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11667 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11672 characters) in the font.
11673 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11674 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11675 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11676 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11677 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11678 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11679 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11680 \begin_inset Newline newline
11683 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11684 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11685 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11686 sizes than at small ones.
11687 \begin_inset Newline newline
11701 \begin_inset space ~
11709 \begin_layout Description
11711 \begin_inset space ~
11715 \begin_inset Index idx
11718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11724 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11725 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11726 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11727 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11728 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11729 picture manipulation program.
11730 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11731 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11732 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11733 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11734 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11736 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11737 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11738 \begin_inset Newline newline
11741 Bitmap fonts are named
11744 \begin_inset space ~
11749 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11752 \begin_layout Standard
11753 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11754 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11755 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11756 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11757 use scalable fonts.
11760 \begin_layout Standard
11761 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11762 its document properties.
11765 \begin_layout Standard
11766 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11767 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11768 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11769 font to emphasize text, you use an
11770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11778 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11779 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11783 \begin_layout Subsection
11785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11787 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11794 \begin_layout Standard
11795 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11796 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11797 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11799 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11800 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11801 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11802 to usual word processors.
11803 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11804 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11805 across different machines.
11806 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11807 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11809 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11811 \begin_inset space ~
11815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11817 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11822 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11823 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11827 \begin_layout Standard
11828 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11829 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11830 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11831 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11832 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11833 that is installed on your system.
11834 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11837 \begin_layout Standard
11838 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11846 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11847 es; so you might have to experiment.
11855 \begin_layout Standard
11856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11865 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11873 \begin_layout Subsection
11874 Document Font and Font size
11875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11877 name "sub:Document-Font"
11882 \begin_inset Index idx
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 \begin_inset Index idx
11895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11905 You can set the document fonts in the
11907 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11911 \begin_inset Index idx
11914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 Document ! Settings
11925 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11926 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11929 \begin_inset space ~
11938 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11939 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11943 \begin_layout Standard
11950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11959 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11960 This requires that you use
11966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12005 as output format, i.
12006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12010 \begin_inset space ~
12013 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12014 \begin_inset space ~
12018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12020 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12025 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12027 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12029 \begin_inset space ~
12032 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12033 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12034 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12036 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12039 \begin_layout Standard
12040 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12045 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12050 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12051 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12073 European Computer Modern
12076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12083 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12086 \begin_layout Standard
12095 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12096 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12101 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12104 \begin_inset space ~
12109 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12115 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12116 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12119 \begin_layout Itemize
12128 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12142 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12146 as the default font.
12147 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12148 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12161 One difference is improved kerning for the
12173 \begin_layout Itemize
12182 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
12186 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12201 Virtual means that it
12202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12213 -glyphs from other fonts.
12214 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12236 Loading the LaTeX-package
12241 \begin_inset Index idx
12244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12245 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12250 with the document preamble line
12251 \begin_inset Newline newline
12258 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12259 \begin_inset Newline newline
12264 will fix the guillemet problem.
12269 and that accented characters are not
12273 glyph, but build of
12277 characters, the accent and the letter.
12278 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12284 If you search for example for the French word
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 and not for the glyph
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset space ~
12310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12316 \begin_layout Itemize
12317 If you do not like the look of
12325 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12330 \begin_inset space ~
12344 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12345 \begin_inset space ~
12348 serif and typewriter fonts
12352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12353 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12365 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
12366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12378 , different shapes of the same font, i.
12379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12392 , but you can also select your own.
12393 \begin_inset Newline newline
12396 The differences between roman,
12399 \begin_inset space ~
12408 fonts are explained in section
12409 \begin_inset space ~
12413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12415 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12420 \begin_inset Newline newline
12427 was originally designed for newspapers.
12428 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12429 into the small newspaper columns.
12434 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12435 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12438 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12451 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12456 depends on the class you are using.
12457 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12460 \begin_layout Standard
12461 Note that the font size is the
12466 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12467 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12468 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12471 \begin_inset space ~
12477 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12478 \begin_inset space ~
12482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12484 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12491 \begin_layout Standard
12496 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12498 \begin_inset space ~
12501 serif or typewriter.
12506 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12516 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12537 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12543 \begin_inset space ~
12547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12549 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12554 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12555 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12562 \begin_layout Standard
12563 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12565 Use Old Style Figures
12569 Use True Small Caps
12572 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12575 Use Old Style Figures
12577 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12583 \begin_inset space ~
12586 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12589 Use True Small Caps
12591 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12592 of scaled capitals.
12593 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12594 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12597 \begin_layout Standard
12602 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12603 a font to display the script characters.
12607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12608 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12613 So this has no effect for the document language
12629 \begin_layout Standard
12630 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12634 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12642 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12646 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12647 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12648 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12650 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12653 dialog, see section
12654 \begin_inset space ~
12658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12660 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12672 \begin_layout Subsection
12673 Using Different Character Styles
12674 \begin_inset Index idx
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12684 \begin_inset Index idx
12687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12696 \begin_layout Standard
12697 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12698 certain paragraph environments.
12699 LyX supports two character styles,
12708 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12712 \begin_layout Standard
12717 style, do one of the following:
12720 \begin_layout Itemize
12721 click on the toolbar button
12730 \begin_layout Itemize
12731 use the key binding
12740 \begin_layout Standard
12741 These commands are all toggles.
12746 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12749 \begin_layout Standard
12750 One typically uses the
12754 style for proper names.
12756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12763 is the original author of LyX.
12764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12770 \begin_layout Standard
12771 A more widely used character style is the
12776 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12783 \begin_layout Itemize
12784 clicking on the toolbar button
12793 \begin_layout Itemize
12794 using the keybindings
12803 \begin_layout Standard
12808 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12809 es use a different font.
12812 \begin_layout Standard
12813 We've been using the
12817 style all over the place in this document.
12818 Here's one more example:
12821 \begin_layout Quotation
12824 Don't overuse character styles!
12827 \begin_layout Standard
12828 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12829 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12830 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12831 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12835 \begin_layout Standard
12836 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12846 \begin_inset space ~
12854 \begin_layout Subsection
12855 Fine-Tuning with the
12860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12862 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12867 \begin_inset Index idx
12870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12879 \begin_layout Standard
12880 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12881 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12882 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12883 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12884 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12885 from ordinary dialog.
12888 \begin_layout Standard
12889 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12890 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12891 \begin_inset Newline newline
12894 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12895 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 To use custom character styles, open the
12901 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12903 \begin_inset space ~
12906 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12907 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12911 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12912 font property which you can choose.
12913 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12916 \begin_inset space ~
12921 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12926 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12927 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12928 environments in a snap.
12931 \begin_layout Standard
12932 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12935 \begin_inset space ~
12947 \begin_layout Labeling
12948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12962 The possible options are:
12966 \begin_layout Labeling
12967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12972 This is the Roman font family.
12973 Normally a serif font.
12974 It's also the default family.
12984 \begin_layout Labeling
12985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12989 \begin_inset space ~
12996 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13008 \begin_layout Labeling
13009 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13016 This is the Typewriter font family.
13022 arg "font-typewriter"
13031 \begin_layout Labeling
13032 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13037 This corresponds to the print weight.
13042 \begin_layout Labeling
13043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13048 This is the Medium font series.
13049 It's also the default series.
13052 \begin_layout Labeling
13053 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13060 This is the Bold font series.
13073 \begin_layout Labeling
13074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13079 As the name implies.
13084 \begin_layout Labeling
13085 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13090 This is the Upright font shape.
13091 It's also the default shape.
13094 \begin_layout Labeling
13095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13109 s the Italic font shape
13115 \begin_layout Labeling
13116 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13123 This is the Slanted font shape
13125 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13128 \begin_layout Labeling
13129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13133 \begin_inset space ~
13140 This is the Small caps font shape
13147 \begin_layout Labeling
13148 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13153 Alters the size of the font.
13154 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13155 nal to the document font size.
13156 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13157 what you want to do.
13162 \begin_layout Labeling
13163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13184 arg "font-size tiny"
13190 \begin_layout Labeling
13191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13212 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13218 \begin_layout Labeling
13219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13240 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13246 \begin_layout Labeling
13247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13268 arg "font-size small"
13274 \begin_layout Labeling
13275 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13289 It's also the default size.
13293 arg "font-size normal"
13299 \begin_layout Labeling
13300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13321 arg "font-size large"
13327 \begin_layout Labeling
13328 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13349 arg "font-size larger"
13355 \begin_layout Labeling
13356 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13377 arg "font-size largest"
13383 \begin_layout Labeling
13384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13405 arg "font-size huge"
13411 \begin_layout Labeling
13412 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13433 arg "font-size giant"
13439 \begin_layout Labeling
13440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13445 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13465 arg "font-size increase"
13471 \begin_layout Labeling
13472 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13477 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13497 arg "font-size decrease"
13504 \begin_layout Standard
13509 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13510 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13511 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13512 — use that instead.
13513 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13516 \begin_layout Labeling
13517 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13522 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13527 \begin_layout Labeling
13528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13535 This is text with emphasize on
13538 This might seem like the same as
13542 , but it is actually a bit different.
13548 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13550 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13553 \begin_layout Labeling
13554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13561 This is text with Underbar on.
13567 arg "font-underline"
13573 \begin_inset Newline newline
13578 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13579 when you couldn't change fonts.
13580 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13581 It's only included in LyX because some people
13585 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13588 \begin_layout Labeling
13589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13593 \begin_inset space ~
13600 This is text with Double underbar on.
13606 arg "font-underunderline"
13610 \begin_inset Newline newline
13613 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13614 about double underbar.
13617 \begin_layout Labeling
13618 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13622 \begin_inset space ~
13629 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13635 arg "font-underwave"
13639 \begin_inset Newline newline
13642 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13643 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13646 \begin_layout Labeling
13647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13654 This is text with Strikeout on.
13660 arg "font-strikeout"
13663 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13667 \begin_layout Labeling
13668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13675 This is text with Noun on.
13682 , this is a logical attribute.
13683 Normally it's equivalent to
13686 \begin_inset space ~
13695 \begin_layout Labeling
13696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13701 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13702 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13706 \begin_inset space ~
13711 , which is the default
13712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13719 and means normally black, you can choose between
13752 \begin_inset Index idx
13755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13764 \begin_layout Labeling
13765 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13770 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13771 the language of the document.
13772 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13776 \begin_layout Standard
13777 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13778 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13780 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13782 \begin_inset space ~
13787 dialog, the settings are saved.
13788 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13791 arg "textstyle-apply"
13795 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13801 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13808 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13809 (suppose you just set the shape to
13810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13828 \begin_inset space ~
13840 \begin_layout Standard
13841 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13849 \begin_inset space ~
13861 \begin_layout Itemize
13867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13874 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13892 \begin_inset Newline newline
13896 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13910 \begin_inset Note Note
13913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13914 For more on phantoms see section
13915 \begin_inset space ~
13919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13921 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13931 \begin_inset Newline newline
13937 \begin_layout Itemize
13942 fonts use characters with serifs.
13943 These are the small
13944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13951 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13952 The following example will show the difference:
13953 \begin_inset Newline newline
13957 \begin_inset Newline newline
13962 text without serifs
13965 \begin_inset Newline newline
13968 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13969 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13976 \begin_layout Itemize
13982 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13983 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13986 \begin_layout Standard
13987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13994 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13995 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13996 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13998 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13999 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14000 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14017 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14018 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14026 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14035 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14079 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14083 \begin_layout Standard
14084 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14085 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14088 \begin_layout Section
14089 Printing and Previewing
14092 \begin_layout Subsection
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14098 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14099 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14100 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14101 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14103 Additional Features
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14109 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14110 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14111 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14112 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14113 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14114 This happens in two stages:
14117 \begin_layout Enumerate
14118 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14119 generating a file with the extension,
14120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14134 \begin_layout Enumerate
14135 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14139 file to produce printable output.
14143 \begin_layout Subsection
14144 Output file formats
14145 \begin_inset Index idx
14148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14157 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14164 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14165 Simple text (ASCII)
14166 \begin_inset Index idx
14169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14170 File formats ! ASCII
14178 \begin_layout Standard
14179 This file type has the extension
14180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14192 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14196 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14203 \begin_layout Standard
14204 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14206 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14207 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14209 \begin_inset space ~
14216 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14217 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14219 \begin_inset space ~
14223 \begin_inset space ~
14229 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14233 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14235 \begin_inset Index idx
14238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14239 File formats ! LaTeX
14247 \begin_layout Standard
14248 This file type has the extension
14249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14260 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14262 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14263 it manually with console commands.
14264 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14265 you view or export your document.
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14271 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14272 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14291 \begin_inset Index idx
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 This file type has the extension
14305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14325 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14326 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14327 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14331 \begin_layout Standard
14332 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14333 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14334 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14335 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14337 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14340 \begin_layout Standard
14341 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14343 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14344 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14350 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14352 \begin_inset space ~
14359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14369 The latter option uses the program
14378 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14379 font access (see section
14380 \begin_inset space ~
14384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14386 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14391 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14395 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14397 \begin_inset Index idx
14400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14401 File formats ! PostScript
14409 \begin_layout Standard
14410 This file type has the extension
14411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14423 PostScript was developed by the company
14427 as a printer language.
14428 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14430 PostScript can be seen as a
14431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14434 programming language
14435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14438 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14443 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14449 \begin_inset Index idx
14452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14453 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14463 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14466 \begin_layout Standard
14467 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14471 Encapsulated PostScript
14472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14475 (EPS, file extension
14476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14488 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14489 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14494 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14498 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14499 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14500 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14501 EPS to avoid this problem.
14504 \begin_layout Standard
14505 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14507 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14508 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14516 \begin_inset Index idx
14519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14526 \begin_inset Index idx
14529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14539 This file type has the extension
14540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 Portable Document Format
14557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 was derived from PostScript.
14565 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14574 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14575 looks exactly the same.
14578 \begin_layout Standard
14579 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14587 (JPG, file extension
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 Portable Network Graphics
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14619 (PNG, file extension
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14633 in the background to one of these formats.
14634 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14635 will slow down your workflow.
14636 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14639 \begin_layout Standard
14640 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14642 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14645 in three different ways:
14648 \begin_layout Description
14649 PDF This uses the program
14653 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14654 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14658 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14659 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14662 \begin_layout Description
14664 \begin_inset space ~
14667 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14671 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14675 \begin_layout Description
14677 \begin_inset space ~
14680 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14684 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14687 \begin_layout Description
14689 \begin_inset space ~
14696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14703 X) This uses the program
14707 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14712 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14713 font access (see section
14714 \begin_inset space ~
14718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14720 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14725 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14728 \begin_layout Description
14730 \begin_inset space ~
14737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14744 X) This uses the program
14748 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14753 is an even newer engine, derived from
14757 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14758 access (see section
14759 \begin_inset space ~
14763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14765 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14770 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14774 \begin_layout Standard
14775 We recommend to use
14778 \begin_inset space ~
14787 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14788 works without problems.
14789 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14790 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14794 \begin_inset space ~
14801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14829 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14839 \begin_inset Index idx
14842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 FileFormats ! XHTML
14849 \begin_inset Index idx
14852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14861 \begin_layout Standard
14862 This file type has the extension
14863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14875 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14876 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14877 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14878 suitable for the purpose.
14879 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14880 it, but not all do.
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14884 XHTML output remains
14885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14892 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14897 LyX and the World Wide Web
14898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14903 Additional Features
14905 manual, for more information.
14908 \begin_layout Standard
14909 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14911 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14912 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14918 \begin_layout Subsection
14920 \begin_inset Index idx
14923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14933 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14934 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14943 or the toolbar button
14950 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14951 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14952 \begin_inset space ~
14956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14958 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14962 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14964 \begin_inset space ~
14968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14970 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14975 Further output formats can be selected via
14977 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14980 or the toolbar button
14981 \begin_inset Graphics
14982 filename ../images/view-others.png
14984 groupId toolbarbuttons
14991 \begin_layout Standard
14992 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14993 viewer window using the menu
14995 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15000 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15001 Update (Other Formats)
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15007 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15009 To have a real output, export your document.
15012 \begin_layout Subsection
15013 Printing the File from within LyX
15014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15016 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15024 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15025 it directly from within LyX.
15026 To print a file, select the menu
15028 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15031 or click on the toolbar button
15034 arg "dialog-show print"
15038 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15039 This file is then processed by the program
15043 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15048 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15052 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15053 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15054 printing one set to print on the other side.
15055 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15056 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15057 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15060 \begin_layout Standard
15061 You can set the parameters in the
15064 \begin_inset space ~
15072 \begin_layout Labeling
15073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15078 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15083 Note that this printer name is for the program
15092 has to be configured for this printer name.
15093 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15094 \begin_inset space ~
15098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15100 reference "sub:Printer"
15109 The printer should understand PostScript.
15112 \begin_layout Labeling
15113 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15118 The name of a file to print to.
15119 The output will be a PostScript file.
15120 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15124 \begin_layout Section
15125 A few Words about Typography
15126 \begin_inset Index idx
15129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15138 \begin_layout Subsection
15140 \begin_inset Index idx
15143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15152 \begin_layout Standard
15154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15165 character comes in four lengths: the
15177 , and the minus sign:
15178 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15184 \begin_layout Standard
15185 \begin_inset Tabular
15186 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15187 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15188 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15189 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15190 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15191 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15220 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15260 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15287 \begin_inset space ~
15290 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15297 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15324 \begin_inset space ~
15327 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15348 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15382 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15389 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15401 character multiple times in a row.
15402 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15403 the final output, but not in LyX.
15405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15421 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15435 \begin_layout Standard
15436 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15437 math mode and has a length of its own.
15438 Here are some examples of the
15439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15453 \begin_layout Enumerate
15454 line- and page-breaks
15455 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15465 \begin_layout Enumerate
15467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15477 \begin_layout Enumerate
15478 Oh — there's a dash.
15479 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15489 \begin_layout Enumerate
15490 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15494 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15504 \begin_layout Subsection
15506 \begin_inset Index idx
15509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15518 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15525 \begin_layout Standard
15526 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15527 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15532 \begin_inset Index idx
15535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15541 following the rules of the document language.
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15545 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15550 font and with unusual constructs, like
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15559 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15560 This is done with the menu
15562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15565 \begin_inset space ~
15571 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15572 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15575 \begin_layout Standard
15576 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15577 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15587 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15595 as a hyphenation possibility.
15596 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15597 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15598 as described in section
15599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15602 Prevent Hyphenation
15603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15613 \begin_layout Subsection
15615 \begin_inset Index idx
15618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15627 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15628 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15631 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15639 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15640 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15641 LaTeX then adds the
15642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15645 appropriate amount of space
15646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15650 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15652 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15656 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15657 not work in all cases.
15659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15670 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15671 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15675 Here are some examples of
15679 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15682 \begin_layout Itemize
15687 \begin_layout Itemize
15692 \begin_layout Standard
15693 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15696 \begin_layout Itemize
15698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15702 this is too much space!
15705 \begin_layout Itemize
15710 \begin_layout Standard
15711 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15715 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15718 \begin_layout Enumerate
15722 \begin_inset space ~
15727 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15728 \begin_inset space ~
15732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15734 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15739 \begin_inset Index idx
15742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15743 Spaces ! inter-word
15751 \begin_layout Enumerate
15755 \begin_inset space ~
15760 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15761 \begin_inset space ~
15765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15767 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15772 \begin_inset Index idx
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15784 \begin_layout Enumerate
15788 \begin_inset space ~
15792 \begin_inset space ~
15796 \begin_inset space ~
15803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15805 \begin_inset space ~
15810 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15811 This function is also bound to
15814 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15821 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15824 \begin_layout Itemize
15826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15830 \begin_inset space \space{}
15833 this is too much space!
15836 \begin_layout Itemize
15837 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15843 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15844 will take care of this.
15847 \begin_layout Standard
15848 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15852 \begin_inset space ~
15857 feature described in section
15863 Additional Features
15868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15870 \begin_inset Index idx
15873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15874 Typography ! Quotes
15880 \begin_inset Index idx
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15914 \begin_layout Standard
15915 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15916 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15917 and use a closing quote at the end.
15919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15927 The keyboard character,
15931 , generates this automatically.
15934 \begin_layout Standard
15935 You can change the behavior of the
15939 key using the submenu
15945 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15949 \begin_inset Index idx
15952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15953 Document ! Settings
15961 \begin_layout Standard
15962 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15967 There are six choices:
15970 \begin_layout Labeling
15971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15983 Use quotes like this
15984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15992 \begin_inset Quotes els
15996 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16002 \begin_layout Labeling
16003 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16006 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16010 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16016 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16020 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16024 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16030 \begin_layout Labeling
16031 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16034 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16038 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16044 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16048 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16052 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16056 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16062 \begin_layout Labeling
16063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16066 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16070 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16076 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16080 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16084 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16088 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16094 \begin_layout Labeling
16095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16098 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16102 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16108 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16112 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16116 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16120 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16126 \begin_layout Labeling
16127 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16130 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16134 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16140 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16144 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16148 \begin_inset Quotes als
16152 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16158 \begin_layout Standard
16159 These settings affect what character the
16166 \begin_layout Subsection
16168 \begin_inset Index idx
16171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 Typography ! Ligatures
16178 \begin_inset Index idx
16181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16212 name "sub:Ligatures"
16219 \begin_layout Standard
16220 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16221 print them as single characters.
16222 These groups are known as
16227 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16229 Here are the standard ligatures:
16232 \begin_layout Itemize
16236 \begin_layout Itemize
16240 \begin_layout Itemize
16244 \begin_layout Itemize
16248 \begin_layout Itemize
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16253 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16257 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16258 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16266 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16282 To break a ligature, use
16284 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16285 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16287 \begin_inset space ~
16294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16305 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16322 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16330 \begin_layout Subsection
16332 \begin_inset Index idx
16335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16344 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16352 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16353 characters in different sizes and heights.
16354 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16355 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16375 \begin_inset Note Note
16378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16379 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16387 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16388 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16393 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16397 \begin_layout Description
16398 LyX The name of the game, write
16399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16420 \begin_layout Description
16421 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16443 \begin_layout Description
16444 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16466 \begin_layout Description
16467 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16489 \begin_layout Standard
16490 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16495 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16503 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16504 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16505 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16508 : The actual version is
16509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16516 , the previous one was
16517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16527 \begin_layout Standard
16528 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16529 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16533 \begin_inset space \space{}
16536 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16538 This will look in LyX like:
16539 \begin_inset Graphics
16540 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16546 \begin_inset Newline newline
16549 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16550 \begin_inset space ~
16554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16556 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16563 \begin_layout Subsection
16565 \begin_inset Index idx
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 \begin_layout Standard
16578 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16579 space between two words.
16580 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16590 for units use the menu
16592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16593 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16595 \begin_inset space ~
16603 arg "space-insert thin"
16609 \begin_layout Standard
16610 Here's an example to show the differences:
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16614 \begin_inset Tabular
16615 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16616 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16617 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16618 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 \begin_inset space ~
16629 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16641 space between number and unit
16648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16657 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 half space between number and unit
16682 \begin_layout Subsection
16684 \begin_inset Index idx
16687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16697 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16699 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16700 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16701 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16702 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16703 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16704 These bits of text became known as
16715 \begin_layout Standard
16716 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16717 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16718 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16719 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16720 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16721 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16722 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16726 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16727 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16728 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16729 \begin_inset space ~
16733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16735 key "latexcompanion"
16740 \begin_inset space ~
16744 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16750 ] may have more information.
16751 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16754 \begin_layout Chapter
16755 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16758 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16765 \begin_layout Standard
16766 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16771 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16774 \begin_layout Section
16776 \begin_inset Index idx
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16796 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16799 \begin_layout Description
16801 \begin_inset space ~
16804 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16805 \begin_inset Newline newline
16809 \begin_inset Note Note
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16813 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16821 \begin_layout Description
16822 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16823 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16825 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16826 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16827 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16830 \begin_inset Newline newline
16834 \begin_inset Note Comment
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16846 \begin_layout Description
16848 \begin_inset space ~
16851 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16852 \begin_inset Newline newline
16856 \begin_inset Newline newline
16860 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16870 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16871 How this can be done is explained in the
16880 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16886 \begin_inset Newline newline
16890 \begin_inset Newline newline
16893 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16894 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16897 \begin_layout Standard
16898 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16910 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16913 \begin_layout Section
16915 \begin_inset Index idx
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16927 name "sec:Footnotes"
16934 \begin_layout Standard
16935 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16941 or the toolbar button
16944 arg "footnote-insert"
16956 \begin_inset Graphics
16957 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16966 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16995 label, the box will
16999 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17000 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17013 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17029 \begin_layout Standard
17030 Here's an example footnote:
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17047 \begin_layout Standard
17048 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17049 position where the footnote box is placed.
17050 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17051 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17052 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17053 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17054 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17059 ey are described in the
17066 \begin_layout Section
17068 \begin_inset Index idx
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17080 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17087 \begin_layout Standard
17088 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17089 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17093 \begin_inset space ~
17098 or the toolbar button
17101 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17127 appearing within your text.
17128 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17137 \begin_layout Standard
17138 At the side is an example marginal note.
17142 \begin_inset Marginal
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 This is a marginal note.
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17155 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17156 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17157 pages, right on odd pages.
17160 \begin_layout Section
17161 Graphics and Images
17162 \begin_inset Index idx
17165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 \begin_inset Index idx
17175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17184 name "sec:Graphics"
17191 \begin_layout Standard
17192 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17193 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17196 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17205 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17208 \begin_layout Standard
17209 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17214 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17215 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17217 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17218 \begin_inset space ~
17222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17224 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17231 \begin_layout Standard
17236 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17237 of the image in the output.
17238 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17242 \begin_inset space ~
17246 \begin_inset space ~
17255 \begin_inset space ~
17259 \begin_inset space ~
17263 \begin_inset space ~
17268 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17269 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17280 LaTeX and LyX options
17282 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17283 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17287 \begin_inset space ~
17292 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17293 with the image size is printed.
17297 \begin_inset space ~
17301 \begin_inset space ~
17305 \begin_inset space ~
17310 is explained in the
17321 \begin_layout Standard
17322 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17323 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17325 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17329 \begin_layout Standard
17331 \begin_inset Graphics
17332 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17340 \begin_layout Standard
17341 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17342 the image into a float, see section
17343 \begin_inset space ~
17347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17349 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
17356 \begin_layout Subsection
17358 \begin_inset Index idx
17361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17370 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17377 \begin_layout Standard
17378 You can insert images in any known file format.
17379 But as we explained in section
17380 \begin_inset space ~
17384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17386 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17390 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17391 LyX uses therefore the program
17395 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17396 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17397 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17398 \begin_inset space ~
17402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17404 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17412 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17415 \begin_layout Description
17417 \begin_inset space ~
17420 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17421 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17422 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17426 Graphics Interchange Format
17427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17430 (GIF, file extension
17431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17443 \begin_inset Index idx
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17478 Portable Network Graphics
17479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17482 (PNG, file extension
17483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17495 \begin_inset Index idx
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17530 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17534 (JPG, file extension
17535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17559 \begin_inset Index idx
17562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 \begin_layout Description
17595 \begin_inset space ~
17598 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17600 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17601 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17602 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17603 \begin_inset Newline newline
17606 Scalable image formats can be
17607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17610 Scalable Vector Graphics
17611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17614 (SVG, file extension
17615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17627 \begin_inset Index idx
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17662 Encapsulated PostScript
17663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17666 (EPS, file extension
17667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17679 \begin_inset Index idx
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17714 Portable Document Format
17715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17718 (PDF, file extension
17719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17731 \begin_inset Index idx
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17742 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17743 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17757 \begin_layout Standard
17758 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17762 \begin_layout Subsection
17763 Grouping of Image Settings
17764 \begin_inset Index idx
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 Images ! Settings grouping
17776 \begin_layout Standard
17777 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17779 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17780 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17782 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17783 need to manually change each of them.
17787 \begin_layout Standard
17788 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17791 \begin_inset space ~
17796 field in the Graphics dialog.
17797 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17798 by checking the name of the desired group.
17801 \begin_layout Section
17803 \begin_inset Index idx
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17822 \begin_layout Standard
17823 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17826 arg "tabular-insert"
17831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17835 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17836 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17837 from the rest of the table.
17838 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17839 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17841 Here's an example table:
17844 \begin_layout Standard
17846 \begin_inset Tabular
17847 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17848 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 \begin_layout Subsection
18056 \begin_layout Standard
18057 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18058 brings up the table dialog.
18059 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18060 where the cursor is placed currently.
18061 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18062 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18063 done on all of your selection.
18066 \begin_layout Standard
18067 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18070 \begin_inset space ~
18075 helps you in setting table properties.
18076 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18079 \begin_layout Standard
18083 \begin_inset space ~
18088 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18089 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18090 current cell respectively.
18091 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18093 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18094 of text, see section
18095 \begin_inset space ~
18099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18101 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18108 \begin_layout Standard
18109 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18110 using the check box
18119 This will merge the cells to
18123 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18124 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18125 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18126 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18127 in the last row without the upper border:
18130 \begin_layout Standard
18132 \begin_inset Tabular
18133 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18134 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18136 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 \begin_layout Standard
18270 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18271 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18272 explained in the tables section of the
18275 \begin_inset space ~
18281 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18285 degrees counterclockwise.
18286 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18289 \begin_layout Standard
18290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 Most DVI-viewers are
18302 able to display rotations.
18310 \begin_layout Standard
18315 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18320 adds lines for all cell borders.
18323 \begin_layout Subsection
18325 \begin_inset Index idx
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 Tables ! Longtables
18335 \begin_inset Index idx
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 \begin_layout Standard
18348 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18351 \begin_inset space ~
18355 \begin_inset space ~
18364 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18365 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18368 \begin_layout Description
18373 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18374 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18375 except for the first page, if
18378 \begin_inset space ~
18386 \begin_layout Description
18390 \begin_inset space ~
18395 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18396 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18399 \begin_layout Description
18404 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18405 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18406 except for the last page, if
18409 \begin_inset space ~
18417 \begin_layout Description
18421 \begin_inset space ~
18426 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18427 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18430 \begin_layout Description
18431 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18432 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18438 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18441 \begin_inset space ~
18449 \begin_layout Standard
18450 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18451 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18452 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18453 The others will then be defined as
18458 In this context, first means first in this order:
18461 \begin_inset space ~
18473 \begin_inset space ~
18479 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18482 \begin_layout Standard
18484 \begin_inset Tabular
18485 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18486 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18487 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18488 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18489 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18490 <row endfirsthead="true">
18491 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18502 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18511 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <row endfirsthead="true">
18522 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <row endhead="true">
18555 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <row endhead="true">
18586 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <row endfoot="true">
18619 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19640 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20508 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20539 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20570 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 <row endlastfoot="true">
20601 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20612 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 \begin_layout Subsection
20640 \begin_inset Index idx
20643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20652 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20659 \begin_layout Standard
20660 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20661 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20662 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20663 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20667 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20668 for the cell's paragraph.
20671 \begin_layout Standard
20672 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20673 for the column in the table dialog.
20674 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20675 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20679 \begin_layout Standard
20681 \begin_inset Tabular
20682 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20683 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20685 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20706 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20775 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20831 This is longer now.
20836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20887 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20888 This is longer now.
20893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20921 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20926 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20927 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20933 Selection with the mouse or with
20937 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20938 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20939 the selection from outside the table.
20942 \begin_layout Section
20944 \begin_inset Index idx
20947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20965 have a fixed location.
20967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20974 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20982 \begin_inset space ~
20987 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20988 too many notes on the page.
20991 \begin_layout Standard
20992 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20993 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20994 and pages without text.
20995 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20996 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20997 Floats are therefore numbered.
20998 Referencing is described in section
20999 \begin_inset space ~
21003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21005 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21012 \begin_layout Standard
21013 To insert a float, use the menu
21015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21019 A box with a caption that has e.
21020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21024 \begin_inset space \space{}
21028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21032 \begin_inset space ~
21036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21039 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
21040 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21042 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21043 \begin_inset Index idx
21046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21052 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21053 paragraph within the float.
21054 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21055 by left-clicking on the box label.
21056 A closed float box looks like this:
21057 \begin_inset Graphics
21058 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21063 – a gray button with a red label.
21066 \begin_layout Standard
21067 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21068 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21071 \begin_layout Subsection
21075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21077 \begin_inset Index idx
21080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21081 Floats ! Figure floats
21087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21089 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
21096 \begin_layout Standard
21099 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21100 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21103 inserts a float with the label
21104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21110 \begin_inset space ~
21116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21120 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
21121 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
21122 This is what we did for Figure
21123 \begin_inset space ~
21127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21129 reference "cap:Platypus"
21134 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
21135 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
21136 This was done in Figure
21137 \begin_inset space ~
21141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21143 reference "cap:Escher"
21150 \begin_layout Standard
21151 \begin_inset Float figure
21156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21158 \begin_inset Graphics
21159 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21168 \begin_inset Caption
21170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21173 name "cap:Platypus"
21177 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21190 \begin_layout Standard
21191 \begin_inset Float figure
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_inset Caption
21199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21217 \begin_inset Graphics
21218 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21231 \begin_layout Standard
21232 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21234 As described in section
21235 \begin_inset space ~
21239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21241 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21245 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21250 and refer to it using the menu
21252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21256 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21265 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21278 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21279 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21280 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21281 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
21283 \begin_inset space ~
21287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21289 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21293 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21294 You can also set the images one below the other.
21296 \begin_inset space ~
21300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21302 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21309 reference "fig:Platypus"
21313 are the subfigures.
21316 \begin_layout Standard
21317 \begin_inset Float figure
21322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21323 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21327 \begin_inset Float figure
21332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21333 \begin_inset Caption
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21338 name "fig:Undefinable"
21350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21351 \begin_inset Graphics
21352 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21363 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21367 \begin_inset Float figure
21372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21373 \begin_inset Caption
21375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21378 name "fig:Platypus"
21390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21391 \begin_inset Graphics
21392 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21404 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21411 \begin_inset Caption
21413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21416 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21420 Two distorted images.
21433 \begin_layout Standard
21434 Note that the caption is added to the
21437 \begin_inset space ~
21441 \begin_inset space ~
21446 as described in section
21447 \begin_inset space ~
21451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21453 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21462 \begin_inset Index idx
21465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21466 Floats ! Table floats
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21475 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21478 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21482 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21485 \begin_inset space ~
21489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21491 reference "cap:Table-float"
21495 is an example of a table float.
21498 \begin_layout Standard
21499 \begin_inset Float table
21504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21505 \begin_inset Caption
21507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21510 name "cap:Table-float"
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21524 \begin_inset Tabular
21525 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21526 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21527 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21529 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21656 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21677 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21680 \end{array}\right]$
21688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21701 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21724 \begin_inset Index idx
21727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21728 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21736 \begin_layout Standard
21737 This float type is inserted with the menu
21739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21740 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21744 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21745 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21749 , described in section
21750 \begin_inset space ~
21754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21756 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21764 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21772 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21778 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21781 \begin_layout Standard
21786 floatname{algorithm}{your
21787 \begin_inset space ~
21793 \begin_layout Standard
21794 to the document preamble (menu
21796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21803 \begin_inset space ~
21809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21823 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21825 \begin_inset Index idx
21828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21837 \begin_layout Standard
21838 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21846 \begin_inset Graphics
21847 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21856 \begin_inset Caption
21858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21861 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21865 This is a wrapped figure.
21866 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21879 This float type is used if you want to
21880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21887 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21889 It can be inserted using the menu
21891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21892 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21894 \begin_inset space ~
21899 if the LaTeX-package
21904 \begin_inset Index idx
21907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21908 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21918 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21921 \begin_inset space ~
21931 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21934 \begin_inset space ~
21938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21940 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21944 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 Available units are explained in Appendix
21954 \begin_inset space ~
21958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21960 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21969 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21974 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21982 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21987 \begin_inset space \space{}
21990 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21991 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
22000 \begin_layout Itemize
22001 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
22002 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
22003 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
22004 page breaks will appear.
22007 \begin_layout Itemize
22008 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
22009 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
22012 \begin_layout Itemize
22013 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
22014 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
22017 \begin_layout Itemize
22018 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
22021 \begin_layout Subsection
22023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22025 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22030 \begin_inset Index idx
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22043 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
22044 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
22048 \begin_inset space ~
22056 \begin_layout Standard
22057 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
22058 have a multicolumn document).
22059 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
22062 \begin_inset space ~
22068 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
22069 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
22076 \begin_layout Standard
22077 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
22078 format is also the same: Table
22079 \begin_inset space ~
22083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22085 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
22089 is an example of a rotated table float.
22092 \begin_layout Standard
22093 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
22109 \begin_layout Standard
22110 \begin_inset Float table
22115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22116 \begin_inset Caption
22118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22121 name "cap:Rotated-table"
22133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22135 \begin_inset Tabular
22136 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
22137 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22202 \begin_layout Subsection
22204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22206 name "sub:Float-Placement"
22211 \begin_inset Index idx
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 \begin_layout Standard
22224 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
22225 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
22226 \begin_inset Newline newline
22232 \begin_inset space ~
22237 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
22238 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
22239 \begin_inset Newline newline
22245 \begin_inset space ~
22250 is used to rotate floats, see section
22251 \begin_inset space ~
22255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22257 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22264 \begin_layout Standard
22265 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
22266 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
22269 \begin_inset space ~
22273 \begin_inset space ~
22281 \begin_layout Description
22283 \begin_inset space ~
22287 \begin_inset space ~
22290 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
22293 \begin_layout Description
22295 \begin_inset space ~
22299 \begin_inset space ~
22302 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
22305 \begin_layout Description
22307 \begin_inset space ~
22311 \begin_inset space ~
22314 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
22317 \begin_layout Description
22319 \begin_inset space ~
22323 \begin_inset space ~
22326 floats: try to place the float at an own page
22329 \begin_layout Standard
22330 The order of the above option is
22335 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
22339 \begin_inset space ~
22343 \begin_inset space ~
22351 \begin_inset space ~
22355 \begin_inset space ~
22360 , and then the others.
22361 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
22363 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
22364 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
22367 \begin_layout Standard
22368 By default, each option has its own rules:
22371 \begin_layout Standard
22375 \begin_inset space ~
22379 \begin_inset space ~
22384 only floats occupying less than 70
22385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22388 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
22391 \begin_layout Standard
22395 \begin_inset space ~
22399 \begin_inset space ~
22404 : only floats occupying less than 30
22405 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22408 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22411 \begin_layout Standard
22415 \begin_inset space ~
22419 \begin_inset space ~
22424 : only if more than 50
22425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22428 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22432 \begin_layout Standard
22433 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22437 \begin_inset space ~
22441 \begin_inset space ~
22449 \begin_layout Standard
22450 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22451 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22452 For this case you can use the option
22455 \begin_inset space ~
22461 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22463 Because the float is then no longer able to
22464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22471 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22474 \begin_layout Standard
22475 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22476 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22479 \begin_layout Standard
22480 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22482 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22484 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22491 \begin_layout Section
22493 \begin_inset Index idx
22496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22505 name "sec:Minipages"
22512 \begin_layout Standard
22513 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22515 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22516 \begin_inset space ~
22523 \begin_layout Standard
22524 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22530 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22531 and its alignment within the page.
22534 \begin_layout Standard
22536 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22546 height_special "totalheight"
22549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22552 This is a minipage.
22553 The text is set in an italic style.
22556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22559 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22560 another formatting.
22568 \begin_layout Standard
22569 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22572 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22576 as described in section
22577 \begin_inset space ~
22581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22583 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22588 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22594 \begin_layout Standard
22595 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22605 height_special "totalheight"
22608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22609 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22610 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22620 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22630 height_special "totalheight"
22633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22634 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22635 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22643 \begin_layout Standard
22644 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22650 \begin_layout Standard
22651 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22652 to other box types.
22653 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22664 \begin_layout Chapter
22665 Mathematical Formulas
22666 \begin_inset Index idx
22669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22676 \begin_inset Index idx
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22710 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22717 \begin_layout Standard
22718 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22723 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22726 \begin_layout Section
22728 \begin_inset Index idx
22731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22741 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22748 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22750 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22751 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22752 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22754 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22760 \begin_layout Standard
22761 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22765 \begin_inset space ~
22770 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22773 \begin_layout Standard
22774 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22775 line, like this one:
22778 \begin_layout Standard
22779 This is a line with an inline formula
22780 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22789 \begin_inset Formula
22796 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22799 \begin_layout Standard
22800 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22802 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22806 \begin_inset space \space{}
22810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22823 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22824 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22828 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22831 \begin_inset space ~
22839 \begin_layout Subsection
22840 Navigating in Formulas
22841 \begin_inset Index idx
22844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22854 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22855 achieved with the arrow keys.
22856 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22857 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22862 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22863 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22867 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22871 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22874 \end{array}\right]$
22882 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22887 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22888 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22891 \begin_layout Standard
22896 , printed in this document as
22897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22918 \begin_inset Note Note
22921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22922 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22923 space character (visible space).
22928 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22929 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22930 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22935 For example, if you want
22936 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22990 , since in the latter case only the
22993 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22998 will be under the square root sign:
22999 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
23005 \begin_layout Standard
23006 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
23008 \begin_inset Formula
23010 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23019 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
23020 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
23023 \begin_layout Subsection
23027 \begin_layout Standard
23028 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
23029 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
23033 and a cursor movement key to select text.
23034 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
23035 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
23036 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
23037 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
23040 \begin_layout Subsection
23041 Exponents and Subscripts
23042 \begin_inset Index idx
23045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23052 \begin_inset Index idx
23055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23064 \begin_layout Standard
23065 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
23066 way is to use a command.
23068 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
23071 , type in a formula
23077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23093 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
23099 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
23103 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
23112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23124 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
23126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23133 , you have to use an extra
23137 to separate the hat and the character.
23139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23143 \begin_inset space \space{}
23147 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
23156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23168 Subscripts are similar: To get
23169 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
23178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23192 \begin_layout Subsection
23194 \begin_inset Index idx
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23207 Create a fraction with either the command
23214 \begin_inset Graphics
23215 filename ../images/math/frac.png
23223 \begin_inset space ~
23229 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
23230 The cursor is above the fraction line.
23231 To move it to the bottom, simply press
23236 To move back up, press
23241 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
23242 \begin_inset Formula
23244 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
23247 \end{array}\right)}\right]
23255 \begin_layout Subsection
23257 \begin_inset Index idx
23260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 Roots can be created using the
23273 \begin_inset space ~
23279 \begin_inset Graphics
23280 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
23282 groupId toolbarbuttons
23305 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
23311 produces always a square root.
23314 \begin_layout Subsection
23315 Operators with Limits
23316 \begin_inset Index idx
23319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23326 \begin_inset Index idx
23329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23338 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23345 \begin_layout Standard
23347 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
23351 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
23354 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
23355 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
23356 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
23357 The sum operator will automatically place its
23358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23365 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
23368 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
23372 \begin_inset Formula
23374 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
23379 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
23383 \begin_layout Standard
23384 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
23386 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
23387 behind the operator and hitting
23395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23396 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23398 \begin_inset space ~
23402 \begin_inset space ~
23410 \begin_layout Standard
23411 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23419 feature as addition, such as
23420 \begin_inset Index idx
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23430 \begin_inset Formula
23432 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23437 which will place the
23438 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23450 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23451 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23457 \begin_layout Standard
23458 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23465 Have a look at section
23466 \begin_inset space ~
23470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23472 reference "sub:Functions"
23476 for an explanation of function macros.
23479 \begin_layout Subsection
23481 \begin_inset Index idx
23484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 \begin_layout Standard
23494 Most math symbols can be found in the
23497 \begin_inset space ~
23502 under one of several categories; including
23519 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23523 \begin_layout Standard
23524 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23525 you don't have to use the
23528 \begin_inset space ~
23533 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23534 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23537 \begin_layout Subsection
23539 \begin_inset Index idx
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 \begin_layout Standard
23552 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23557 arg "space-insert protected"
23563 \begin_inset space ~
23569 \begin_inset Graphics
23570 filename ../images/math/space.png
23572 groupId toolbarbuttons
23577 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23578 For example, the sequence
23583 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23587 \begin_inset Graphics
23588 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23593 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23594 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23595 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23596 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23598 Here are two examples:
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23611 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23617 \begin_layout Standard
23627 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23633 \begin_layout Subsection
23635 \begin_inset Index idx
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23647 name "sub:Functions"
23654 \begin_layout Standard
23658 \begin_inset space ~
23663 contains under the button
23664 \begin_inset Graphics
23665 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23667 groupId toolbarbuttons
23671 a number of function macros, such as
23672 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23676 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23684 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23691 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23692 avoid confusions, because
23693 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23697 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23703 \begin_layout Standard
23704 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23706 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23710 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23717 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23718 s are placed, as described in section
23719 \begin_inset space ~
23723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23725 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23732 \begin_layout Subsection
23734 \begin_inset Index idx
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23746 \begin_layout Standard
23747 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23749 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23750 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23755 \begin_inset space \space{}
23759 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23762 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23763 Our example is entered by typing
23771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23784 \begin_inset space ~
23788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23790 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23794 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23797 \begin_layout Standard
23798 \begin_inset Float table
23803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23804 \begin_inset Caption
23806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23807 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23809 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23813 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23823 \begin_inset Tabular
23824 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23825 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23826 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23827 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23828 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23912 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23966 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24020 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
24030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24074 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
24084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24128 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
24138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24182 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
24192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24236 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
24246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24290 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
24300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24344 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
24354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24389 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24410 \begin_layout Standard
24411 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24420 \begin_inset Graphics
24421 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24423 groupId toolbarbuttons
24427 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24431 \begin_layout Section
24432 Brackets and Delimiters
24433 \begin_inset Index idx
24436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24443 \begin_inset Index idx
24446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24455 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24462 \begin_layout Standard
24463 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24464 For most purposes, using just the keys
24469 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24470 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24471 toolbar delimiter icon
24474 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24478 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24480 \begin_inset Formula
24482 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24490 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24491 \begin_inset Formula
24493 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24503 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24507 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24508 left side and right side.
24509 If you use the option
24512 \begin_inset space ~
24517 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24518 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24519 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24520 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24523 \begin_layout Standard
24524 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24525 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24526 inside the brackets.
24527 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24532 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24535 \begin_layout Section
24536 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24537 \begin_inset Index idx
24540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24547 \begin_inset Index idx
24550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24557 \begin_inset Index idx
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24561 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24569 \begin_layout Standard
24570 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24573 \begin_inset space ~
24579 \begin_inset Graphics
24580 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24582 groupId toolbarbuttons
24587 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24588 Here is an example:
24589 \begin_inset Formula
24591 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24600 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24601 \begin_inset space ~
24605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24607 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24612 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24613 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24614 This alignment is set in the box
24619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24667 for every column as default.
24668 For example, the sequence
24669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24680 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24681 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24682 corresponds to the relevant column.
24683 The result will look like this:
24684 \begin_inset Formula
24687 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24688 column & has & has\, right\\
24689 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24698 \begin_layout Standard
24699 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24702 arg "newline-insert newline"
24705 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24706 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24708 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24711 or the math toolbar.
24714 \begin_layout Standard
24715 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24716 It can be created with the menu
24718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24719 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24721 \begin_inset space ~
24733 Here is an example:
24734 \begin_inset Formula
24748 \begin_layout Standard
24749 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24752 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24755 arg "newline-insert newline"
24759 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24764 arg "newline-insert newline"
24767 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24775 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24776 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24777 A new row is created by every further hit of
24780 arg "newline-insert newline"
24784 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24785 Here is an example:
24786 \begin_inset Formula
24788 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24789 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24794 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24795 where you want to start the shift and hit
24800 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24801 position to the next column.
24802 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24803 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24804 \begin_inset Formula
24806 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24814 \begin_layout Standard
24815 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24822 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24823 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24826 reference "eq:asquared"
24831 The other types are described in section
24832 \begin_inset space ~
24836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24838 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24845 \begin_layout Section
24846 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24847 \begin_inset Index idx
24850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24851 Math ! Formula numbering
24857 \begin_inset Index idx
24860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24861 Math ! Referencing formulas
24867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24869 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24879 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24880 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24882 \begin_inset space ~
24890 arg "math-number-toggle"
24894 The formula number appears in LyX as
24895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24902 within parentheses.
24904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24911 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24913 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24914 the document class.
24915 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24916 separated by a dot:
24917 \begin_inset Formula
24927 arg "math-number-toggle"
24930 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24931 You can only number displayed formulas.
24934 \begin_layout Standard
24935 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24937 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24938 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24940 \begin_inset space ~
24944 \begin_inset space ~
24948 \begin_inset space ~
24956 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24959 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24960 \begin_inset Formula
24963 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24969 To number all lines use the shortcut
24972 arg "math-number-toggle"
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24982 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24983 A label is inserted with the menu
24985 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24988 when the cursor is in the formula.
24989 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24990 It is recommended to use the proposed
24991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25002 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
25003 type when you have many labels in your document.
25004 We inserted in the following example the label
25005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25012 in the second line:
25013 \begin_inset Formula
25015 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
25016 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
25021 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
25022 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
25024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25032 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
25034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25036 \begin_inset space ~
25042 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
25043 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
25044 as the formula number:
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25048 This is a cross-reference to equation (
25049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25051 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25059 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
25060 \begin_inset space ~
25064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25066 reference "sec:Cross-References"
25071 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
25074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25077 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
25081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25082 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
25090 \begin_layout Section
25091 User defined math macros
25092 \begin_inset Index idx
25095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25104 \begin_layout Standard
25105 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
25106 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
25107 Math macros are explained in section
25110 \begin_inset space ~
25122 \begin_layout Section
25126 \begin_layout Subsection
25128 \begin_inset Index idx
25131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25141 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
25142 To set a font in a formula, use the
25145 \begin_inset space ~
25151 \begin_inset Graphics
25152 filename ../images/math/font.png
25154 groupId toolbarbuttons
25158 , or enter its command, listed in table
25159 \begin_inset space ~
25163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25165 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25172 \begin_layout Standard
25173 \begin_inset Float table
25178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25179 \begin_inset Caption
25181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25184 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25188 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
25196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25198 \begin_inset Tabular
25199 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
25200 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
25201 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25202 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25234 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
25242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25261 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
25269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25288 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
25296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25321 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
25329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25348 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
25356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25375 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
25383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25409 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25436 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25470 \begin_layout Standard
25471 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25479 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25497 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25502 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25503 space when you need a space in the box.
25504 Here an example where
25505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25516 denotes the set of numbers:
25517 \begin_inset Formula
25519 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25527 \begin_layout Standard
25528 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25534 \begin_inset space \space{}
25546 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25550 \begin_inset Newline newline
25553 So it is better not to use this feature.
25556 \begin_layout Standard
25557 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25558 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25562 \begin_inset Newline newline
25565 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25571 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25572 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25578 \begin_layout Standard
25585 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25588 \begin_layout Standard
25589 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25591 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25592 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25594 \begin_inset space ~
25602 \begin_layout Subsection
25604 \begin_inset Index idx
25607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25617 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25619 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25623 \begin_inset space ~
25627 \begin_inset space ~
25635 \begin_inset space ~
25641 \begin_inset Graphics
25642 filename ../images/math/font.png
25644 groupId toolbarbuttons
25655 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25656 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25657 Here is an example:
25658 \begin_inset Formula
25661 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25662 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25671 \begin_layout Subsection
25673 \begin_inset Index idx
25676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25687 automatically chosen in most situations.
25705 For most characters,
25713 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25714 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25719 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25720 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25722 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25723 \begin_inset Graphics
25724 filename ../images/math/style.png
25726 groupId toolbarbuttons
25731 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25732 For example, you can set
25733 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25736 , which is normally in
25745 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25749 The four styles are used in the following example:
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25753 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25757 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25761 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25765 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25773 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25775 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25777 \begin_inset space ~
25782 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25783 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25784 will be adjusted to correspond.
25785 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25800 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25806 \begin_layout Section
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25811 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25812 the document classes and into layout modules.
25813 \begin_inset Index idx
25816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25822 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25823 other than the AMS classes.
25825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25827 reference "sub:Modules"
25831 for more on layout modules.
25834 \begin_layout Section
25836 \begin_inset Index idx
25839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25846 \begin_inset Index idx
25849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25859 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25860 (AMS) that are in common use.
25863 \begin_layout Subsection
25864 Enabling AMS-Support
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25868 Selecting the checkbox
25871 \begin_inset space ~
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25879 \begin_inset space ~
25886 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25890 \begin_inset Index idx
25893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25894 Document ! Settings
25902 \begin_inset space ~
25907 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25909 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25910 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25913 \begin_layout Subsection
25915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25917 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25922 \begin_inset Index idx
25925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25926 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25935 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25936 LyX allows you to choose between
25957 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25960 \begin_layout Chapter
25964 \begin_layout Section
25966 \begin_inset Index idx
25969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25978 name "sec:Cross-References"
25985 \begin_layout Standard
25986 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25987 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25989 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25990 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25991 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25994 \begin_layout Enumerate
25998 \begin_layout Enumerate
25999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26001 name "enu:Second-item"
26008 \begin_layout Enumerate
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26013 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
26015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26018 or by pressing the toolbar button
26025 A grey label box like this:
26026 \begin_inset Graphics
26027 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
26032 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
26033 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
26035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26068 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
26069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26073 \begin_inset space \space{}
26076 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26091 \begin_layout Standard
26092 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
26094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26097 or the toolbar button
26100 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
26104 A grey cross-reference box like this:
26105 \begin_inset Graphics
26106 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
26111 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
26113 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
26114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26126 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
26130 \begin_layout Standard
26133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26136 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
26141 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
26142 to the actual cursor position via the menu
26144 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26151 Here is our cross-reference: Item
26152 \begin_inset space ~
26156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26158 reference "enu:Second-item"
26165 \begin_layout Standard
26166 It is recommended to use a protected space
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26171 described in section
26172 \begin_inset space ~
26176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26178 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
26187 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
26191 \begin_layout Standard
26192 There are six varieties of cross-references:
26195 \begin_layout Description
26196 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
26197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26199 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26206 \begin_layout Description
26207 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
26208 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
26210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26220 reference "eq:tanhExp"
26227 \begin_layout Description
26228 <page>: prints the page number: Page
26229 \begin_inset space ~
26233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26234 LatexCommand pageref
26235 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26242 \begin_layout Description
26244 \begin_inset space ~
26248 \begin_inset space ~
26251 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
26252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26253 LatexCommand vpageref
26254 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26261 \begin_layout Description
26263 \begin_inset space ~
26267 \begin_inset space ~
26271 \begin_inset space ~
26274 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
26275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26277 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26284 \begin_layout Description
26286 \begin_inset space ~
26289 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
26290 \begin_inset Newline newline
26294 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26302 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
26311 \begin_inset Index idx
26314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26315 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
26321 \begin_inset Index idx
26324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26325 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
26338 \begin_layout Description
26340 \begin_inset space ~
26343 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
26344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26345 LatexCommand nameref
26346 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26353 \begin_layout Standard
26358 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
26361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26365 \begin_inset space \space{}
26369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26383 <reference> on page <page>
26385 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26389 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
26390 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
26391 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26395 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26400 You can only use the style
26404 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26408 is always possible.
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26412 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26413 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26415 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26416 \begin_inset space ~
26420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26422 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26430 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26434 \begin_inset space ~
26438 \begin_inset space ~
26443 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26444 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26447 \begin_inset space ~
26452 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26453 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26456 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26462 \begin_layout Standard
26463 You can change labels at any time.
26464 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26465 do not need to take care about this.
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26469 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26470 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26473 \begin_layout Standard
26474 References are described in detail in sec.
26475 \begin_inset space ~
26479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26493 \begin_layout Section
26494 Table of Contents and other Listings
26495 \begin_inset Index idx
26498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26505 \begin_inset Index idx
26508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26524 \begin_layout Subsection
26526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26528 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26536 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26538 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26539 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26541 \begin_inset space ~
26545 \begin_inset space ~
26551 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26552 If you click on it, the
26556 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26557 sections in your documents.
26558 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26563 that is described in sec.
26564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26570 reference "sec:Navigating"
26577 \begin_layout Standard
26578 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26579 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26581 \begin_inset space ~
26585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26587 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26591 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26593 \begin_inset space ~
26597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26599 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26603 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26605 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26608 \begin_layout Subsection
26609 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26612 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26619 \begin_layout Standard
26620 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26621 You can insert them via the
26623 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26625 \begin_inset space ~
26629 \begin_inset space ~
26635 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26638 \begin_layout Section
26639 URLs and Hyperlinks
26640 \begin_inset Index idx
26643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26650 \begin_inset Index idx
26653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26662 \begin_layout Subsection
26664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26683 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26684 \begin_inset Flex URL
26687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26697 \begin_layout Standard
26698 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26704 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26708 \begin_layout Standard
26709 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26717 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26725 \begin_layout Subsection
26727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26729 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26736 \begin_layout Standard
26737 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26742 or with the toolbar button
26749 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26758 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26759 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26760 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26762 name "LyX's homepage"
26763 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26767 , an Email address like this:
26768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26770 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26771 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26776 , or a link to a file.
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26780 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26793 to the link target.
26796 \begin_layout Standard
26797 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26798 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26799 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26800 the text style dialog.
26801 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26805 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26807 name "LyX's homepage"
26808 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26815 \begin_layout Standard
26816 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26820 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26822 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26823 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26827 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26829 \begin_inset Newline newline
26837 \begin_inset Newline newline
26844 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26847 \begin_layout Section
26849 \begin_inset Index idx
26852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26861 name "sec:Appendices"
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26869 Appendices are created with the menu
26871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26873 \begin_inset space ~
26877 \begin_inset space ~
26883 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26884 as the appendix region.
26885 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26889 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26890 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26891 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26892 and the subsection number.
26893 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26899 \begin_inset space ~
26903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26905 reference "cha:Credits"
26910 \begin_inset space ~
26914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26916 reference "sub:Export"
26923 \begin_layout Section
26925 \begin_inset Index idx
26928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26937 name "sec:Bibliography"
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26946 You can include a bibliography database,
26950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26951 Known under the name
26952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26964 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26965 manually, using the paragraph environment
26969 , which was described in section
26970 \begin_inset space ~
26974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26976 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26981 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26982 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26986 use a bibliography database.
26989 \begin_layout Subsection
26990 The Bibliography Environment
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26998 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
27000 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
27009 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
27011 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
27013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27020 , a short form of its title, as key.
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27024 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
27026 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27029 or the toolbar button
27032 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
27036 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
27037 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
27038 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
27039 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27044 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
27045 entry with surrounding brackets.
27050 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
27051 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
27053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27066 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
27069 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27071 key "latexcompanion"
27078 \begin_layout Standard
27079 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
27080 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27089 \begin_layout Subsection
27090 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
27091 \begin_inset Index idx
27094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27095 Bibliography ! Databases
27101 \begin_inset Index idx
27104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27105 Bibliography ! BibTeX
27111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27113 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
27120 \begin_layout Standard
27121 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
27126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27127 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
27129 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
27130 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
27135 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
27137 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
27138 your working field in a database.
27139 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
27140 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
27142 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
27146 \begin_layout Standard
27147 The database is a text file with the file extension
27148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27159 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
27160 The format is explained in
27161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27167 and in LaTeX books (
27168 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27170 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
27175 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
27176 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
27177 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
27178 \begin_inset Flex URL
27181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27183 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 To use a database, use the menu
27194 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27199 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27212 \begin_inset space ~
27218 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
27219 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
27222 Add bibliography to TOC
27224 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
27229 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
27230 in the document or just the cited references.
27233 \begin_layout Standard
27234 The style file is a text file with the file extension
27235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27246 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
27247 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
27248 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
27250 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
27255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27256 For information how this is done, have a look at
27257 \begin_inset Newline newline
27261 \begin_inset CommandInset href
27263 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27276 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27280 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
27281 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
27284 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27318 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
27324 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27334 When you select the option
27336 Sectioned bibliography
27340 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27343 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27344 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27346 Customizing Bibliographies
27354 Additional Features
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27360 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27361 the two methods of creating them.
27362 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27363 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27364 We used the style file
27368 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27371 \begin_layout Subsection
27372 Bibliography layout
27373 \begin_inset Index idx
27376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 Bibliography ! Layout
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27386 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27387 For this feature you need to enable the option
27393 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27397 \begin_inset Index idx
27400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27401 Document ! Settings
27411 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27412 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27413 in the previous section.
27416 \begin_layout Standard
27417 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27418 in the citation reference window.
27419 Here an example where we set the text
27420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27424 \begin_inset space ~
27428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27431 to appear after the reference:
27434 \begin_layout Standard
27436 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27439 key "latexcompanion"
27446 \begin_layout Section
27448 \begin_inset Index idx
27451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27468 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27472 \begin_inset space ~
27477 or the toolbar button
27485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27496 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27497 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27498 by LyX as the index entry.
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27502 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27503 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27505 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27507 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27515 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27519 \begin_inset space ~
27523 \begin_inset space ~
27526 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27528 \begin_inset space ~
27534 A light blue box labeled
27535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27546 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27547 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27550 \begin_layout Subsection
27551 Grouping Index Entries
27552 \begin_inset Index idx
27555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27567 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27568 lists under the entry
27569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27577 First we create the entry
27578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27586 \begin_inset space ~
27590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27592 reference "sub:Lists"
27597 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27598 \begin_inset space ~
27602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27604 reference "sec:Itemize"
27608 , we insert the command
27611 \begin_layout Standard
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27628 for the enumerated list in section
27629 \begin_inset space ~
27633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27635 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27643 The exclamation mark
27644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27651 marks the grouping levels.
27652 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27653 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27654 If we don't have an index entry for
27655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27662 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27665 \begin_layout Subsection
27667 \begin_inset Index idx
27670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27671 Index ! Page ranges
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27682 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27683 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27685 \begin_inset space ~
27689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27691 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27701 Paragraph environments|(
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27705 and another entry at the end of section
27706 \begin_inset space ~
27710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27712 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27722 Paragraph environments|)
27725 \begin_layout Standard
27727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27750 respectively start and end the index range.
27751 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27752 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27753 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27754 An example is the index entry
27755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27758 Document ! Settings
27759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27765 \begin_layout Subsection
27767 \begin_inset Index idx
27770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27771 Index ! Cross referencing
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27780 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27781 We referred for example in the index entry
27782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27790 \begin_inset space ~
27794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27796 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27800 ) to the index entry
27801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27808 in the same section using the entry
27811 \begin_layout Standard
27814 GIF|see{Image formats}
27817 \begin_layout Standard
27818 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27819 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27820 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27823 \begin_layout Subsection
27825 \begin_inset Index idx
27828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27829 Index ! Entry order
27837 \begin_layout Standard
27838 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27839 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27840 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27845 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27847 \begin_inset space ~
27851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27853 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27862 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27863 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27888 \begin_inset Index idx
27891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27892 Dummy entries ! maïs
27898 \begin_inset Index idx
27901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27902 Dummy entries ! maître
27908 \begin_inset Index idx
27911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27912 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27917 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27918 order maïs, maison, maître.
27919 To achieve this, we use the command
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27925 previous entry@current entry
27928 \begin_layout Standard
27929 In our case we want to have
27930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27945 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27955 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27956 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27961 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27968 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27973 to generate the index (see sec.
27974 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27980 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27989 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27997 reference "sub:Document-Font"
28001 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
28002 index commands start with
28003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28015 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
28020 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28047 \begin_layout Subsection
28049 \begin_inset Index idx
28052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28053 Index ! Entry layout
28061 \begin_layout Standard
28062 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
28063 \begin_inset Index idx
28066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28069 This is an italic dummy entry
28074 You can also format the page number using the character
28075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28082 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
28083 We can write for example
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28089 italic page number:|textit
28092 \begin_layout Standard
28093 to get the page number in italic.
28094 \begin_inset Index idx
28097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28098 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
28103 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
28105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28121 \begin_inset space ~
28127 Have a look at section
28128 \begin_inset space ~
28132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28134 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28138 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28142 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28150 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
28154 to generate the index, see sec.
28155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28161 reference "sub:Index-Program"
28170 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
28171 This is because xindy requires you
28172 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
28175 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
28176 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28179 key "latexcompanion"
28191 \begin_layout Standard
28192 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
28194 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
28195 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
28196 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
28197 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
28198 If so, put the following in the preamble
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28217 \begin_layout Standard
28223 \begin_layout Standard
28224 in the index entry.
28225 \begin_inset Index idx
28228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28229 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
28234 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
28235 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
28236 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28240 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
28242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28246 \begin_inset space \space{}
28249 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
28250 for all index entries.
28251 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
28263 documentation for details,
28264 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28266 key "makeindex,xindy"
28273 \begin_layout Subsection
28275 \begin_inset Index idx
28278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28287 name "sub:Index-Program"
28294 \begin_layout Standard
28295 If the index entry program
28299 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
28303 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
28307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28312 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
28313 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
28314 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
28315 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
28316 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28326 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
28327 dialog, see section
28328 \begin_inset space ~
28332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28334 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28339 The available options are listed and explained in
28340 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28342 key "makeindex,xindy"
28347 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28351 \begin_layout Standard
28352 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28353 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
28356 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28357 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28358 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28362 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28363 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28366 \begin_layout Subsection
28370 \begin_layout Standard
28371 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28372 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28380 next to the standard index.
28381 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28382 packages that add this feature.
28388 \begin_inset Index idx
28391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28392 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28397 package to generate multiple indexes.
28398 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28399 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28400 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28407 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28408 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28409 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28412 \begin_layout Standard
28413 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28416 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28417 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28424 Use multiple Indexes
28425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28429 Note that the list of
28430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28437 below already contains the standard index.
28438 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28439 also appear as a heading) to the
28440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28447 input field and press the
28448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28456 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28457 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28458 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28462 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28468 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28469 indexes in the LyX work area.
28472 \begin_layout Standard
28473 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28478 \begin_inset space ~
28482 \begin_inset space ~
28491 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28492 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28493 are some additional features:
28496 \begin_layout Itemize
28497 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28498 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28501 \begin_layout Itemize
28502 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28503 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28512 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28517 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28518 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28519 to the non-subindexes.
28522 \begin_layout Section
28523 Nomenclature / Glossary
28524 \begin_inset Index idx
28527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28534 \begin_inset Index idx
28537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28568 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28577 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28581 \begin_layout Standard
28582 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28587 \begin_inset Index idx
28590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28591 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28597 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28598 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28604 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28608 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28609 and then use the menu
28611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28617 \begin_inset space ~
28622 or the toolbar button
28625 arg "nomencl-insert"
28630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28641 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28645 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28646 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28647 The second is the description of the symbol.
28650 \begin_layout Standard
28651 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28659 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28667 \begin_layout Subsection
28668 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28669 \begin_inset Index idx
28672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28673 Nomenclature ! Layout
28681 \begin_layout Standard
28682 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28686 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28692 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28700 \begin_inset Newline newline
28708 \begin_inset Newline newline
28714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28721 character starts/ends the formula.
28722 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28734 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28745 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28746 \begin_inset space ~
28750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28752 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28759 \begin_layout Standard
28763 \begin_inset space ~
28768 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28769 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28774 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28781 in this document is:
28782 \begin_inset Newline newline
28787 dummy entry for the character
28792 \begin_inset Newline newline
28804 \begin_inset space ~
28814 font use the command
28843 \begin_layout Subsection
28844 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28845 \begin_inset Index idx
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28849 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28858 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28859 the symbol definition.
28860 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28861 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28864 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28865 LatexCommand nomenclature
28867 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28874 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28878 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28879 LatexCommand nomenclature
28882 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28887 They will be sorted by
28888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28914 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28917 will be sorted before the
28921 since the character
28922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28929 is considered in sorting.
28932 \begin_layout Standard
28933 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28936 \begin_inset space ~
28941 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28942 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28944 For the example given, you can insert
28948 in this field for the
28949 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28956 will be located before
28957 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28964 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28969 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28978 \begin_layout Subsection
28979 Nomenclature Options
28980 \begin_inset Index idx
28983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28984 Nomenclature ! Options
28992 \begin_layout Standard
28997 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28998 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
29001 \begin_layout Description
29002 refeq Appends the phrase
29003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29018 to every nomenclature entry, where
29024 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
29027 \begin_layout Description
29028 refpage Appends the phrase
29029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29044 to every nomenclature entry, where
29050 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
29053 \begin_layout Description
29054 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29058 There are furthermore the options
29102 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
29106 \begin_layout Standard
29107 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
29108 class options list in the
29110 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29114 In this document the option
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29122 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29129 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
29130 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
29135 field in the nomenclature dialog:
29138 \begin_layout Description
29148 \begin_layout Description
29151 nomrefpage Like the
29158 \begin_layout Description
29161 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
29170 \begin_layout Description
29174 \begin_inset space ~
29180 \begin_inset space ~
29185 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
29188 \begin_layout Subsection
29189 Printing the Nomenclature
29190 \begin_inset Index idx
29193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29194 Nomenclature ! Printing
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29203 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
29205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29211 \begin_inset space ~
29214 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29218 A light blue box labeled
29219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29230 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
29231 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
29234 \begin_layout Standard
29235 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
29236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29244 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
29252 For example, in order to change the name to
29256 , add the following line to the preamble:
29259 \begin_layout Standard
29267 nomname}{List of Symbols}
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29271 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29278 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
29279 by adding the following line to the preamble:
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29290 nomlabelwidth}{width}
29293 \begin_layout Standard
29296 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
29297 \begin_inset space ~
29301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29303 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
29308 The default value is 1
29309 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29315 \begin_layout Subsection
29316 Nomenclature Program
29317 \begin_inset Index idx
29320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29321 Nomenclature ! Program
29327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29329 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
29336 \begin_layout Standard
29337 LyX uses the program
29341 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29342 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29347 by adding options, see section
29348 \begin_inset space ~
29352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29354 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
29359 The available options are listed and explained in
29360 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29362 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29369 \begin_layout Section
29371 \begin_inset Index idx
29374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29381 \begin_inset Index idx
29384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29385 Document ! Branches
29391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29393 name "sec:Branches"
29400 \begin_layout Standard
29401 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29402 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29403 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29404 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29407 \begin_layout Standard
29408 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29409 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29410 To create a branch, either select the menu
29412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29413 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29416 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29418 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29425 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29426 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29427 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29428 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29429 (see below for an example).
29430 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29431 to the name of the other) and to add
29432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29444 \begin_inset space ~
29447 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29448 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29453 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29455 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29458 where you can choose a branch.
29459 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29463 \begin_layout Standard
29464 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29465 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29469 \begin_inset Branch Question
29472 \begin_layout Standard
29473 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29482 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29485 \begin_layout Standard
29486 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29494 \begin_layout Standard
29501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29502 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29505 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29506 Consider for example a file
29507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29514 which has the above branches.
29516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29523 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29547 branch were inactive,
29548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29563 branch was active, likewise
29564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29579 branch was active, and
29580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29583 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29587 if both branches were active.
29588 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29592 \begin_layout Standard
29593 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29599 \begin_layout Standard
29600 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29601 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29603 For example you can define for the question branch
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29608 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29609 \begin_inset space ~
29613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29615 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29627 \begin_layout Standard
29637 \begin_layout Standard
29647 \begin_layout Standard
29648 and for the answer branch
29651 \begin_layout Standard
29661 \begin_layout Standard
29671 \begin_layout Standard
29672 \begin_inset Branch Question
29675 \begin_layout Standard
29679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29707 \begin_layout Standard
29708 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29711 \begin_layout Standard
29715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29743 \begin_layout Standard
29744 Now it is possible to use the commands
29748 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29755 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29758 to obtain conditional output.
29759 Here is an example formula where only the
29766 \begin_inset Formula
29768 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29776 \begin_layout Standard
29777 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29785 \begin_layout Section
29787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29789 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29794 \begin_inset Index idx
29797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29806 \begin_layout Standard
29811 dialog allows you in the
29815 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29816 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29821 \begin_inset Index idx
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29833 \begin_layout Standard
29838 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29839 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29840 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29842 You can specify in the dialog tab
29846 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29848 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29849 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29853 \begin_layout Standard
29858 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29859 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29860 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29862 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29863 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29865 \begin_inset space ~
29868 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29869 \begin_inset space ~
29872 1 will only display the sections.
29875 \begin_layout Standard
29876 The header information in the dialog tab
29880 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29881 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29886 \begin_inset space \space{}
29889 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29890 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29893 Automatic fill header
29895 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29896 title and author settings.
29899 \begin_layout Standard
29902 Load in fullscreen mode
29904 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29907 \begin_layout Standard
29908 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29909 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29915 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29925 \begin_layout Section
29926 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29929 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29936 \begin_layout Subsection
29938 \begin_inset Index idx
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29950 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29957 \begin_layout Standard
29958 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29959 constructs, but not all.
29960 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29961 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29962 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29963 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29964 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29968 \begin_layout Standard
29969 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29971 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29975 \begin_inset space ~
29980 or by the toolbar button
29987 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29991 \begin_layout Standard
29992 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29993 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29994 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29995 using the LaTeX-command
30001 , you can write the command part
30007 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
30011 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
30012 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
30013 the following example:
30016 \begin_layout Standard
30017 \begin_inset Graphics
30018 filename clipart/ERT.png
30026 \begin_layout Standard
30030 \begin_layout Standard
30031 This is a line with a
30035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30058 \begin_layout Standard
30059 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
30068 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
30076 \begin_layout Subsection
30077 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
30078 \begin_inset Argument
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 \begin_inset Index idx
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30100 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30107 \begin_layout Standard
30108 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
30109 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
30110 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
30111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30119 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
30120 any time if you know the right commands.
30122 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30126 \begin_inset space \space{}
30129 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
30131 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
30132 all caption labels bold.
30133 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
30135 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
30139 \begin_layout Standard
30140 Now LaTeX comes into play.
30141 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
30142 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
30144 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30153 \begin_layout Standard
30154 As result you know that the package
30159 \begin_inset Index idx
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 LaTeX-packages ! caption
30169 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
30171 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30177 \begin_layout Standard
30182 usepackage[options]{package name}
30185 \begin_layout Standard
30186 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
30187 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
30188 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
30191 \begin_layout Standard
30192 In your case the package name is
30197 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
30202 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
30203 So you add the command
30206 \begin_layout Standard
30211 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
30214 \begin_layout Standard
30215 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
30219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 For more commands provided by the
30224 package, have a look at its documentation,
30225 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30239 \begin_layout Standard
30240 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
30242 For example if you use a
30246 class, you don't need the package
30250 , you can instead write
30253 \begin_layout Standard
30258 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
30263 \begin_layout Standard
30264 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
30265 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
30266 documentation of the document class you want to use.
30273 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
30276 \begin_layout Standard
30277 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
30278 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
30280 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
30281 the previous section.
30284 \begin_layout Standard
30285 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
30287 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30289 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
30296 \begin_layout Standard
30297 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
30303 \begin_layout Standard
30307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30317 \begin_inset Note Note
30320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30321 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30329 \begin_layout Left Header
30330 \begin_inset Argument
30333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 \begin_inset Note Note
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30357 defines the header line as described below
30365 \begin_layout Center Header
30366 \begin_inset Argument
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30378 \begin_layout Right Header
30379 \begin_inset Argument
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30403 \begin_layout Left Footer
30404 \begin_inset Argument
30407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30428 \begin_layout Center Footer
30429 \begin_inset Argument
30432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30443 \begin_inset Newline newline
30447 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30453 \begin_layout Right Footer
30454 \begin_inset Argument
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 \begin_layout Section
30480 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30481 \begin_inset Index idx
30484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 Document ! Header/Footer line
30491 \begin_inset Index idx
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 \begin_layout Standard
30504 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30505 to set the headings style to
30511 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30517 \begin_inset space ~
30523 As second step add in the menu
30525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30526 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30533 Custom Header/Footerlines
30534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30538 This module offers the 6
30539 \begin_inset space ~
30545 \begin_layout Description
30547 \begin_inset space ~
30551 \begin_inset space ~
30555 \begin_inset space ~
30559 \begin_inset space ~
30563 \begin_inset space ~
30569 \begin_layout Description
30571 \begin_inset space ~
30575 \begin_inset space ~
30579 \begin_inset space ~
30583 \begin_inset space ~
30587 \begin_inset space ~
30593 \begin_layout Standard
30594 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30597 \begin_layout Standard
30598 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30599 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30601 \begin_inset space ~
30605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30607 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30611 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30614 \begin_layout Standard
30615 \begin_inset Float figure
30621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30624 \begin_inset Tabular
30625 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30626 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30627 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30629 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30631 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30678 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30689 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30693 The normal text on the page goes here.
30694 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30696 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30697 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30702 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 \begin_inset Caption
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30792 name "fig:Page-layout"
30796 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30809 \begin_layout Subsection
30813 \begin_layout Standard
30814 To define your header line, add all 3
30815 \begin_inset space ~
30819 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30820 the optional arguments on even pages.
30821 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30823 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30824 Defining the footer line works similar.
30827 \begin_layout Standard
30828 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 \begin_inset space ~
30852 \begin_layout Description
30855 thepage prints the current page number
30858 \begin_layout Description
30861 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30864 \begin_layout Description
30867 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30870 \begin_layout Description
30873 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30874 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30881 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30884 because it usually goes in a left header.
30887 \begin_layout Description
30890 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30891 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30893 It is normally used in the right header.
30896 \begin_layout Subsection
30897 Default header/footer
30900 \begin_layout Standard
30901 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30902 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30903 footer has the page number.
30904 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30905 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30906 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30909 \begin_inset space ~
30917 \begin_layout Subsection
30921 \begin_layout Standard
30922 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30923 Some pages are different.
30924 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30925 a new part or chapter in your book.
30926 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30927 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30928 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30931 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30932 Header and footer decoration line
30935 \begin_layout Standard
30936 By default, you get a 0.4
30937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30940 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30941 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30953 in the following scheme:
30956 \begin_layout Standard
30963 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30966 \begin_layout Standard
30967 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30976 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30977 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30983 \begin_layout Standard
30984 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30985 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30986 \begin_inset space ~
30990 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30999 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31000 Several header/footer lines
31003 \begin_layout Standard
31004 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
31005 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
31006 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
31008 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
31020 in this scheme in your document preamble:
31023 \begin_layout Standard
31030 headheight}{height}
31033 \begin_layout Standard
31034 Where height is a size in standard units.
31035 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
31036 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
31037 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
31039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 and look via the button
31056 \begin_inset space ~
31061 if you find a warning of the package
31066 \begin_inset Index idx
31069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
31076 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
31077 for your header/footer.
31080 \begin_layout Subsection
31084 \begin_layout Standard
31085 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
31086 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
31087 This example consists of the following definition:
31090 \begin_layout Description
31092 \begin_inset space ~
31101 , empty optional argument
31104 \begin_layout Description
31106 \begin_inset space ~
31109 Header empty, empty optional argument
31112 \begin_layout Description
31114 \begin_inset space ~
31123 in the optional argument
31126 \begin_layout Description
31128 \begin_inset space ~
31137 in the optional argument
31140 \begin_layout Description
31142 \begin_inset space ~
31154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31158 \begin_inset Newline newline
31162 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
31166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31169 in the optional argument
31172 \begin_layout Description
31174 \begin_inset space ~
31183 , empty optional argument
31186 \begin_layout Description
31189 headrulewidth set to 2
31190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31196 \begin_layout Standard
31197 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
31199 For more special things like e.
31200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31204 \begin_inset space ~
31207 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
31212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31221 \begin_layout Standard
31222 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
31228 \begin_layout Standard
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31236 pagestyle{headings}
31242 \begin_inset Note Note
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 switches back to page style with the default headings
31254 \begin_layout Section
31255 Previewing Snippets of your Document
31256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31258 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31263 \begin_inset Index idx
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 \begin_inset Index idx
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 \begin_layout Standard
31286 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
31287 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
31288 to break your train of thought with
31290 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31296 \begin_layout Standard
31297 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
31298 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
31303 \begin_inset Index idx
31306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31307 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
31312 as explained below, and turn on
31315 \begin_inset space ~
31322 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31326 \begin_inset space ~
31330 \begin_inset space ~
31333 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31338 \begin_inset space ~
31343 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31346 \begin_layout Standard
31347 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
31349 Previews of an already loaded document are
31353 generated just by selecting the
31356 \begin_inset space ~
31361 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31364 \begin_layout Standard
31365 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
31366 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31369 \begin_inset space ~
31374 check box in the insert dialog.
31375 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
31379 \begin_layout Standard
31380 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
31384 (on some systems named simply
31389 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31391 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31397 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31398 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31406 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31410 \begin_layout Standard
31411 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31417 \begin_layout Standard
31418 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31422 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31424 \begin_inset space ~
31429 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31430 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31432 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31433 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31434 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31435 the source view window.
31438 \begin_layout Section
31439 Advanced Find and Replace
31440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31442 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31447 \begin_inset Index idx
31450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 \begin_inset Index idx
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 \begin_layout Subsection
31473 \begin_layout Standard
31474 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31475 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31476 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31477 The key-features are:
31480 \begin_layout Itemize
31481 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31482 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31483 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31487 \begin_layout Itemize
31488 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31489 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31490 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31491 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31494 \begin_layout Itemize
31495 Search may be widened to a specific
31500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31504 \begin_inset space ~
31507 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31508 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31515 \begin_layout Itemize
31516 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31517 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31522 \begin_inset space ~
31525 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31528 \begin_layout Subsection
31532 \begin_layout Standard
31533 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31536 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31549 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31552 ) or the toolbar button
31555 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31561 Advanced Find and Replace
31566 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31570 \begin_layout Standard
31575 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31580 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31585 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31586 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31587 Pressing repeatedly
31591 keeps searching forward.
31592 Similarly, pressing
31596 searches for the entered text backwards.
31599 \begin_layout Standard
31600 While searching, the
31604 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31614 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31617 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31618 Searching for mathematics
31621 \begin_layout Standard
31622 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31626 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31627 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31630 or also something more complex like
31631 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31635 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31636 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31637 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31638 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31648 \begin_layout Standard
31649 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31650 This is done by switching to the
31654 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31659 This way, entering in the
31666 \begin_layout Itemize
31667 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31668 in emphasized or boldface.
31671 \begin_layout Itemize
31672 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31673 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31674 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31675 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31678 \begin_layout Itemize
31679 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31680 of if only within section headings.
31681 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31682 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31686 \begin_layout Itemize
31687 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31688 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31691 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31695 \begin_layout Standard
31696 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31700 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31708 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31712 button or alternatively
31734 \begin_layout Standard
31735 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31736 text segments in your document.
31737 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31741 \begin_layout Itemize
31742 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31743 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31751 with its typewriter version
31754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31764 \begin_layout Itemize
31765 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31771 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31783 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31790 (you may want to enable the
31798 options and disable the
31806 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31814 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31815 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31819 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31822 , or occurrences of
31823 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31827 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31833 \begin_layout Subsection
31837 \begin_layout Standard
31838 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31845 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31847 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31856 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31862 This is done via the menu
31864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31865 Insert Regular Expression
31867 while the cursor is in the
31872 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31873 expression matching rules
31877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31884 \begin_inset space ~
31887 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31888 to match expressions.
31893 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31894 same text in the document.
31895 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31896 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31899 \begin_layout Enumerate
31900 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31905 editor the fraction
31906 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31910 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31913 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31914 fractions with the given denominator.
31917 \begin_layout Enumerate
31918 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31930 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31935 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31936 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31938 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31941 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31942 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31945 \begin_layout Standard
31946 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31947 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31948 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31951 , and referring back to them through
31952 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31956 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31960 For example, try searching for the regexp
31961 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31964 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31967 \begin_layout Standard
31968 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31969 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31970 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31975 \begin_inset space ~
31979 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31982 always refers to the first occurrence of
31983 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31986 in all entered regexps.
31989 \begin_layout Standard
31990 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31994 \begin_layout Section
31996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31998 name "sec:Spellchecking"
32003 \begin_inset Index idx
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 \begin_layout Standard
32016 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
32019 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32026 or the toolbar button
32029 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
32032 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
32033 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
32034 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
32035 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
32036 scrolled so that it is visible.
32037 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
32038 n, if any could be found.
32039 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
32043 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
32044 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
32047 \begin_layout Standard
32048 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
32051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32055 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
32056 a different one at the top of the dialog.
32057 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
32058 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
32059 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
32060 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
32063 \begin_layout Subsection
32067 \begin_layout Standard
32068 In LyX's preferences dialog under
32071 \begin_inset space ~
32074 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32077 you can set the following things:
32080 \begin_layout Description
32082 \begin_inset space ~
32085 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
32086 Depending on your platform,
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32101 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
32102 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
32117 \begin_layout Description
32119 \begin_inset space ~
32122 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
32123 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
32126 \begin_layout Description
32128 \begin_inset space ~
32131 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
32133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32137 \begin_inset space \space{}
32141 This should normally not be needed.
32144 \begin_layout Description
32146 \begin_inset space ~
32150 \begin_inset space ~
32153 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
32155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32165 \begin_layout Description
32167 \begin_inset space ~
32170 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
32171 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
32172 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
32173 in the context menu.
32174 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32178 \begin_layout Description
32180 \begin_inset space ~
32184 \begin_inset space ~
32188 \begin_inset space ~
32191 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32195 \begin_layout Section
32197 \begin_inset Index idx
32200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32209 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32216 \begin_layout Standard
32217 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32218 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32230 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32239 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32240 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32241 are available for many languages.
32244 \begin_layout Standard
32245 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32249 \begin_layout Subsection
32250 Setting up the thesaurus
32253 \begin_layout Standard
32258 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32263 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32268 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32274 en_EN for English).
32275 For instance, the English files are named:
32278 \begin_layout Itemize
32282 \begin_layout Itemize
32286 \begin_layout Standard
32287 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32288 already on your system.
32289 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32290 \begin_inset Flex URL
32293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32295 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32301 \begin_inset Flex URL
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32306 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
32317 \begin_inset Flex URL
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32327 are usually packed in extension archives (
32331 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32333 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32334 unpack a zip archive.
32347 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32348 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32350 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32351 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32355 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32358 \begin_layout Subsection
32359 Using the thesaurus
32362 \begin_layout Standard
32363 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32365 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32368 or the toolbar button
32371 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32374 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32376 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32378 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32379 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32380 and hyponyms (such as
32388 ), compounds (such as
32392 ) and antonyms (such as
32400 ), which are marked as such.
32403 \begin_layout Standard
32404 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32405 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32409 \begin_layout Standard
32410 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32411 the dictionary, such as the above
32415 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32420 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32421 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32422 For example looking up the word forms
32430 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32435 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32448 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32449 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32450 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32453 \begin_layout Section
32455 \begin_inset Index idx
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32465 \begin_inset Index idx
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 Document ! Change Tracking
32475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32477 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32484 \begin_layout Standard
32485 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32486 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32487 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32488 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32492 \begin_inset space ~
32495 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32497 \begin_inset space ~
32505 \begin_layout Standard
32506 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32520 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32521 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32524 \begin_inset space ~
32528 \begin_inset space ~
32538 \begin_inset Index idx
32541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 Color ! Change tracking
32547 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32548 the cursor is in changed text.
32549 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32552 arg "changes-merge"
32558 \begin_layout Standard
32559 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32560 \begin_inset Index idx
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 \begin_layout Standard
32573 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32579 \begin_layout Standard
32580 \begin_inset Graphics
32581 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32589 \begin_layout Standard
32590 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32596 \begin_layout Standard
32597 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32601 \begin_layout Standard
32602 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32608 \begin_layout Standard
32609 \begin_inset Tabular
32610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32611 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32612 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32613 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32614 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 arg "changes-track"
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32637 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32639 \begin_inset space ~
32642 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32644 \begin_inset space ~
32653 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 arg "changes-output"
32670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32678 \begin_inset space ~
32681 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32683 \begin_inset space ~
32687 \begin_inset space ~
32691 \begin_inset space ~
32700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32721 Jumps to the next change
32727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32736 arg "change-accept"
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32750 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32752 \begin_inset space ~
32755 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32757 \begin_inset space ~
32766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 arg "change-reject"
32783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32791 \begin_inset space ~
32794 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32796 \begin_inset space ~
32805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 arg "changes-merge"
32822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32830 \begin_inset space ~
32833 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32835 \begin_inset space ~
32844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 arg "all-changes-accept"
32861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32869 \begin_inset space ~
32872 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32874 \begin_inset space ~
32878 \begin_inset space ~
32887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32896 arg "all-changes-reject"
32904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32912 \begin_inset space ~
32915 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32917 \begin_inset space ~
32921 \begin_inset space ~
32930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32954 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32956 \begin_inset space ~
32965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32990 \begin_inset space ~
33006 \begin_layout Standard
33007 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33013 \begin_layout Standard
33014 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
33015 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
33016 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
33017 the next change after the current cursor position.
33018 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
33019 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
33020 step to the next change.
33021 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
33024 \begin_layout Standard
33025 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
33026 to describe a change.
33029 \begin_layout Standard
33030 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
33035 \begin_inset Index idx
33038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33039 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
33045 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
33046 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33052 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
33055 \begin_layout Section
33056 Comparison of Documents
33057 \begin_inset Index idx
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33061 Comparison of documents
33069 \begin_layout Standard
33070 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
33072 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33076 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
33078 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
33081 \begin_inset space ~
33085 \begin_inset space ~
33089 \begin_inset space ~
33094 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
33099 \begin_inset space ~
33103 \begin_inset space ~
33107 \begin_inset space ~
33111 \begin_inset space ~
33115 \begin_inset space ~
33119 \begin_inset space ~
33124 enables the change tracking option
33127 \begin_inset space ~
33131 \begin_inset space ~
33135 \begin_inset space ~
33140 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
33143 \begin_layout Section
33144 International Support
33145 \begin_inset Index idx
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33149 International support
33157 \begin_layout Standard
33158 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33159 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33160 how to set up LyX to use them:
33161 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33163 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33170 \begin_layout Standard
33171 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33172 \begin_inset space ~
33176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33178 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33185 \begin_layout Subsection
33187 \begin_inset Index idx
33190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33197 \begin_inset Index idx
33200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33201 Document ! Settings
33207 \begin_inset Index idx
33210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 Document ! Language
33219 \begin_layout Standard
33222 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33225 dialog lets you set
33227 the language and character encoding for your language.
33231 \begin_layout Standard
33232 Choose your language in the
33236 section of this dialog.
33244 \begin_layout Standard
33249 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33254 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33255 For details about the different encoding options see section
33256 \begin_inset space ~
33260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33262 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
33269 \begin_layout Subsection
33270 Keyboard mapping configuration
33271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33273 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33280 \begin_layout Standard
33281 If you have for example a U.
33282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33285 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33286 can use an alternate keymap.
33287 For example, if you have a U.
33288 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33291 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33292 use an Italian keymap.
33293 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33295 \begin_inset space ~
33299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33301 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33306 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33307 which one you want to use.
33310 \begin_layout Standard
33311 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33312 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33313 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33314 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33315 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33316 one to support the characters you want.
33317 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33324 \begin_layout Subsection
33328 \begin_layout Standard
33330 \begin_inset space ~
33334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33336 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33345 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33349 \begin_layout Standard
33350 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33351 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33359 \begin_layout Itemize
33360 Even if you have selected
33366 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33369 dialog, users who have only the
33373 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33377 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33378 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33379 french quotes won't show up.
33382 \begin_layout Standard
33383 \begin_inset Float table
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 \begin_inset Caption
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33394 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33412 \begin_inset Tabular
33413 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33414 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33422 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33425 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33426 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37844 \begin_layout Standard
37845 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37847 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37848 also the characters from
37860 \begin_layout Itemize
37869 \begin_layout Standard
37870 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37871 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37877 \begin_layout Standard
37878 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37879 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37885 \begin_layout Standard
37886 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37893 \begin_layout Standard
37894 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37895 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37901 \begin_layout Standard
37903 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37909 \begin_layout Standard
37911 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37917 \begin_layout Standard
37919 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37926 \begin_layout Itemize
37939 \begin_layout Standard
37941 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37947 \begin_layout Standard
37949 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37955 \begin_layout Standard
37957 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37963 \begin_layout Standard
37965 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37973 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37979 \begin_layout Standard
37981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37988 \begin_layout Standard
37989 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37990 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37991 Also make sure you're using the
37998 \begin_layout Chapter
38001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38003 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
38010 \begin_layout Standard
38011 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
38012 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
38013 topic inside the user's guide.
38016 \begin_layout Section
38018 \begin_inset Index idx
38021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 \begin_layout Standard
38035 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
38036 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
38039 \begin_layout Subsection
38043 \begin_layout Standard
38044 Creates a new document.
38047 \begin_layout Subsection
38051 \begin_layout Standard
38052 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
38053 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
38054 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
38057 \begin_layout Subsection
38061 \begin_layout Standard
38065 \begin_layout Subsection
38069 \begin_layout Standard
38070 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
38071 Click there on a file to open it.
38074 \begin_layout Subsection
38078 \begin_layout Standard
38079 Closes the current document.
38082 \begin_layout Subsection
38086 \begin_layout Standard
38087 Closes all opened documents.
38090 \begin_layout Subsection
38094 \begin_layout Standard
38095 Saves the actual document.
38098 \begin_layout Subsection
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
38106 \begin_layout Subsection
38110 \begin_layout Standard
38111 Saves all opened documents.
38114 \begin_layout Subsection
38118 \begin_layout Standard
38119 Reloads the actual document from disk.
38122 \begin_layout Subsection
38126 \begin_layout Standard
38127 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
38128 It is described in the section
38130 Version Control in LyX
38134 Additional Features
38139 \begin_layout Subsection
38143 \begin_layout Standard
38144 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38145 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
38146 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
38147 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
38150 \begin_layout Standard
38151 When using the menu entry
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38159 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38163 \begin_inset space ~
38167 \begin_inset space ~
38172 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38173 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38176 \begin_layout Subsection
38178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38187 \begin_layout Standard
38188 You can export your document to various file formats.
38189 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38190 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38191 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
38194 \begin_layout Standard
38195 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38197 \begin_inset space ~
38201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38203 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38210 \begin_layout Description
38214 \begin_inset space ~
38219 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
38221 \begin_inset Newline newline
38224 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
38227 \begin_layout Description
38235 \begin_layout Description
38236 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38240 \begin_layout Description
38242 \begin_inset space ~
38246 \begin_inset space ~
38249 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38253 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38261 \begin_layout Description
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38276 \begin_inset space ~
38281 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38282 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38286 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38289 \begin_layout Description
38296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 \begin_inset space ~
38309 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38310 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38318 \begin_layout Description
38320 \begin_inset space ~
38323 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
38324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38331 is replaced by the version number)
38334 \begin_layout Description
38335 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38338 \begin_layout Description
38339 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
38352 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38356 \begin_layout Description
38360 \begin_inset space ~
38365 PDF-format using the program
38370 \begin_layout Description
38374 \begin_inset space ~
38379 PDF-format using the program
38384 \begin_layout Description
38388 \begin_inset space ~
38393 PDF-format using the program
38398 \begin_layout Description
38402 \begin_inset space ~
38410 \begin_layout Description
38414 \begin_inset space ~
38418 \begin_inset space ~
38423 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38424 and then exported as text using the program
38429 \begin_layout Description
38434 PostScript format using the program
38439 \begin_layout Description
38447 \begin_layout Standard
38452 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
38453 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
38459 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
38462 \begin_layout Standard
38463 If one of the menu entries
38470 \begin_inset space ~
38479 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38480 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38481 \begin_inset space ~
38485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38487 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38492 \begin_inset Index idx
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38496 Reconfiguration of LyX
38504 \begin_layout Standard
38509 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
38510 the export program.
38513 \begin_layout Subsection
38517 \begin_layout Standard
38518 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38519 format or send it to a printer.
38520 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38521 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38527 For more information have a look at section
38528 \begin_inset space ~
38532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38534 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38541 \begin_layout Subsection
38545 \begin_layout Standard
38546 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38547 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38548 prefix, see section
38549 \begin_inset space ~
38553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38555 reference "sec:Paths"
38560 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38569 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38570 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38571 \begin_inset space ~
38575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38577 reference "sub:Converters"
38584 \begin_layout Subsection
38585 New and Close Window
38588 \begin_layout Standard
38589 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38592 \begin_layout Subsection
38596 \begin_layout Standard
38597 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38600 \begin_layout Section
38602 \begin_inset Index idx
38605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 \begin_layout Subsection
38618 \begin_layout Standard
38619 Described in section
38620 \begin_inset space ~
38624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38626 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38633 \begin_layout Subsection
38634 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38637 \begin_layout Standard
38638 Described in section
38639 \begin_inset space ~
38643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38645 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38652 \begin_layout Subsection
38656 \begin_layout Standard
38657 Selects the whole document.
38660 \begin_layout Subsection
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38665 Described in section
38666 \begin_inset space ~
38670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38672 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38679 \begin_layout Subsection
38680 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38683 \begin_layout Standard
38684 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38688 \begin_layout Subsection
38692 \begin_layout Standard
38693 Described in section
38694 \begin_inset space ~
38698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38700 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38707 \begin_layout Subsection
38709 \begin_inset Index idx
38712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38713 Paragraph ! Settings
38721 \begin_layout Standard
38722 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38723 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38726 \begin_layout Standard
38727 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38728 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38730 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38736 \begin_inset space ~
38744 \begin_layout Subsection
38745 Table Settings and Math
38748 \begin_layout Standard
38749 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38751 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38752 The properties of tables are described in section
38753 \begin_inset space ~
38757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38759 reference "sec:Tables"
38763 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38764 \begin_inset space ~
38768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38770 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38777 \begin_layout Subsection
38778 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38783 that can be nested.
38784 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38785 \begin_inset space ~
38789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38791 reference "sec:Nesting"
38796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38798 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38805 \begin_layout Section
38807 \begin_inset Index idx
38810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38819 \begin_layout Standard
38824 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38825 document with an external program.
38826 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38827 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38828 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38835 reference "sub:Export"
38840 You should at least see the menu entries
38847 \begin_inset space ~
38853 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38854 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38855 \begin_inset space ~
38859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38861 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38866 \begin_inset Index idx
38869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38870 Reconfiguration of LyX
38878 \begin_layout Standard
38879 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38880 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38887 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38892 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38895 \begin_layout Standard
38896 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38899 At the bottom of the
38903 menu the opened documents are listed.
38906 \begin_layout Subsection
38907 Open/Close all Insets
38910 \begin_layout Standard
38911 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38914 \begin_layout Subsection
38915 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38919 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38922 \begin_layout Standard
38923 Math macros are described in the
38930 \begin_layout Subsection
38934 \begin_layout Standard
38935 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38937 \begin_inset space ~
38941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38943 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38950 \begin_layout Subsection
38954 \begin_layout Standard
38955 Opens a window showing console messages.
38956 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38960 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38961 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38964 \begin_layout Subsection
38968 \begin_layout Standard
38969 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38970 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38977 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38981 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38988 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38992 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38995 \begin_layout Subsection
38996 View (Other Formats)
38999 \begin_layout Standard
39000 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39003 \begin_layout Subsection
39007 \begin_layout Standard
39008 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39009 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
39010 opening a new viewer window.
39013 \begin_layout Subsection
39014 Update (Other Formats)
39017 \begin_layout Standard
39018 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
39019 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39022 \begin_layout Subsection
39023 View Master Document
39026 \begin_layout Standard
39027 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39044 manual for more information on this topic).
39045 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39046 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39051 generates the output of the whole book, while
39055 will just output the chapter alone.
39058 \begin_layout Standard
39059 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39060 in the preferences (see sec.
39061 \begin_inset space ~
39065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39067 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39071 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39072 \begin_inset space ~
39076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39078 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39085 \begin_layout Subsection
39086 Update Master Document
39089 \begin_layout Standard
39090 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39107 manual for more information on this topic).
39108 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39109 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39112 \begin_layout Standard
39113 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39114 in the preferences (see sec.
39115 \begin_inset space ~
39119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39121 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39125 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39126 \begin_inset space ~
39130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39132 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39139 \begin_layout Subsection
39143 \begin_layout Standard
39144 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39145 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39146 view the same document, but at different positions.
39147 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39148 or more documents at the same time.
39149 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39156 \begin_layout Subsection
39160 \begin_layout Standard
39161 Closes a split view.
39164 \begin_layout Subsection
39168 \begin_layout Standard
39169 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39170 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39171 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39172 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39173 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39176 \begin_layout Subsection
39178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39180 name "sub:Toolbars"
39185 \begin_inset Index idx
39188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39197 \begin_layout Standard
39198 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39199 All toolbars and the
39202 \begin_inset space ~
39207 can be turned on and off.
39212 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39224 \begin_inset space ~
39233 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39237 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39244 \begin_layout Standard
39249 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39253 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39254 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39255 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39256 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39257 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39260 \begin_layout Standard
39261 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39262 \begin_inset space ~
39266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39268 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39275 \begin_layout Section
39277 \begin_inset Index idx
39280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39289 \begin_layout Subsection
39293 \begin_layout Standard
39294 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39301 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39312 \begin_layout Subsection
39314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39316 name "sub:Special-Character"
39323 \begin_layout Standard
39324 Here you can insert the following characters:
39327 \begin_layout Description
39328 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39329 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39330 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39331 \begin_inset Newline newline
39335 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39343 Not all characters will be visible in the
39347 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39355 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39359 ) can display every character.
39367 \begin_layout Description
39368 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39372 \begin_layout Description
39374 \begin_inset space ~
39378 \begin_inset space ~
39381 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39388 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39395 \begin_layout Description
39397 \begin_inset space ~
39400 Quote Inserts this quote:
39401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39404 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
39406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39416 \begin_layout Description
39418 \begin_inset space ~
39421 Quote Inserts this quote:
39422 \begin_inset Quotes els
39428 \begin_layout Description
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39433 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39437 \begin_layout Description
39439 \begin_inset space ~
39442 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39446 \begin_layout Description
39448 \begin_inset space ~
39451 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39455 \begin_layout Description
39457 \begin_inset space ~
39461 \begin_inset Index idx
39464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39471 \begin_inset Index idx
39474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39475 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39480 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39481 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39482 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39487 \begin_inset Index idx
39490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39491 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39497 \begin_inset Newline newline
39500 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39504 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39512 and this Wiki-page:
39513 \begin_inset Newline newline
39517 \begin_inset Flex URL
39520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39522 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39530 \begin_layout Subsection
39534 \begin_layout Standard
39535 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39538 \begin_layout Description
39539 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39540 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
39546 \begin_layout Description
39547 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39548 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
39554 \begin_layout Description
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39559 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39560 \begin_inset space ~
39564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39566 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39573 \begin_layout Description
39575 \begin_inset space ~
39578 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39585 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39592 \begin_layout Description
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39597 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39604 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39611 \begin_layout Description
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39616 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39623 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39630 \begin_layout Description
39632 \begin_inset space ~
39635 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39642 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39649 \begin_layout Description
39651 \begin_inset space ~
39654 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39655 \begin_inset space ~
39659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39661 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39668 \begin_layout Description
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39673 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39680 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39687 \begin_layout Description
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39692 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39693 \begin_inset space ~
39697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39699 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39706 \begin_layout Description
39708 \begin_inset space ~
39712 \begin_inset space ~
39715 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39722 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39729 \begin_layout Description
39731 \begin_inset space ~
39734 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39735 text line to the page border, see section
39736 \begin_inset space ~
39740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39742 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39749 \begin_layout Description
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39754 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39761 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39768 \begin_layout Description
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39773 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39774 text page to the page border, described in section
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39781 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39788 \begin_layout Description
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39793 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39800 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39807 \begin_layout Description
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39816 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39823 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39830 \begin_layout Subsection
39834 \begin_layout Standard
39835 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39836 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39838 \begin_inset space ~
39842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39844 reference "sec:toc"
39849 The index list is described in section
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39854 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39856 reference "sec:Index"
39860 , the nomenclature in section
39861 \begin_inset space ~
39865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39867 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39871 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39878 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39885 \begin_layout Subsection
39889 \begin_layout Standard
39890 To insert floats, described in section
39891 \begin_inset space ~
39895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39897 reference "sec:Floats"
39904 \begin_layout Subsection
39908 \begin_layout Standard
39909 To insert notes, described in section
39910 \begin_inset space ~
39914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39916 reference "sec:Notes"
39923 \begin_layout Subsection
39927 \begin_layout Standard
39928 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39935 reference "sec:Branches"
39942 \begin_layout Subsection
39946 \begin_layout Standard
39947 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39948 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39950 An example is the document class
39951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39958 with three custom insets.
39961 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39967 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39970 \begin_layout Subsection
39972 \begin_inset Index idx
39975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39984 \begin_layout Standard
39985 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39986 files in your document.
39987 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39998 \begin_layout Subsection
40000 \begin_inset Index idx
40003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40012 \begin_layout Standard
40013 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40014 \begin_inset space ~
40018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40020 reference "sec:Minipages"
40025 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40036 \begin_layout Subsection
40040 \begin_layout Standard
40041 Inserts a citation as described in section
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40048 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40055 \begin_layout Subsection
40059 \begin_layout Standard
40060 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40067 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40074 \begin_layout Subsection
40078 \begin_layout Standard
40079 Inserts a label as described in section
40080 \begin_inset space ~
40084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40086 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40093 \begin_layout Subsection
40095 \begin_inset Index idx
40098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40105 \begin_inset Index idx
40108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40109 Longtables ! Caption
40117 \begin_layout Standard
40118 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40119 Floats are described in section
40120 \begin_inset space ~
40124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40126 reference "sec:Floats"
40130 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40141 \begin_layout Subsection
40145 \begin_layout Standard
40146 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40147 \begin_inset space ~
40151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40153 reference "sec:Index"
40160 \begin_layout Subsection
40164 \begin_layout Standard
40165 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40166 \begin_inset space ~
40170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40172 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40179 \begin_layout Subsection
40183 \begin_layout Standard
40185 Tables are described in section
40186 \begin_inset space ~
40190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40192 reference "sec:Tables"
40199 \begin_layout Subsection
40203 \begin_layout Standard
40205 Graphics are described in section
40206 \begin_inset space ~
40210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40212 reference "sec:Graphics"
40219 \begin_layout Subsection
40223 \begin_layout Standard
40224 Inserts an URL as described in section
40225 \begin_inset space ~
40229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40231 reference "sub:URLs"
40238 \begin_layout Subsection
40242 \begin_layout Standard
40243 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40244 \begin_inset space ~
40248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40250 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40257 \begin_layout Subsection
40261 \begin_layout Standard
40262 Inserts a footnote, see section
40263 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40269 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40276 \begin_layout Subsection
40280 \begin_layout Standard
40281 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40282 \begin_inset space ~
40286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40288 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40295 \begin_layout Subsection
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 Inserts a short title, see section
40301 \begin_inset space ~
40305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40307 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40314 \begin_layout Subsection
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40319 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40320 \begin_inset space ~
40324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40326 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40333 \begin_layout Subsection
40335 \begin_inset Index idx
40338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40347 \begin_layout Standard
40348 Inserts a program listings box.
40349 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40351 Program Code Listings
40360 \begin_layout Subsection
40364 \begin_layout Standard
40365 Inserts the actual date.
40366 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40368 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40380 \begin_layout Section
40382 \begin_inset Index idx
40385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40394 \begin_layout Standard
40395 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40396 \begin_inset space ~
40399 of the current document.
40400 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40403 \begin_layout Subsection
40407 \begin_layout Standard
40408 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40409 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40415 \begin_inset space \space{}
40419 \begin_inset space ~
40423 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40424 \begin_inset space ~
40427 2.5 and use the menu
40430 \begin_inset space ~
40434 \begin_inset space ~
40441 \begin_inset space ~
40447 \begin_inset space ~
40451 \begin_inset space ~
40457 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40461 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40467 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40473 \begin_layout Standard
40474 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40475 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40478 \begin_layout Subsection
40479 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40483 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40487 \begin_layout Subsection
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40492 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40493 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40494 on a cross-reference box.
40497 \begin_layout Section
40499 \begin_inset Index idx
40502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40511 \begin_layout Subsection
40515 \begin_layout Standard
40516 Change Tracking is described in section
40517 \begin_inset space ~
40521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40523 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40530 \begin_layout Subsection
40535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40545 \begin_layout Standard
40546 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40548 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40551 \begin_layout Standard
40552 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40557 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40560 \begin_layout Subsection
40564 \begin_layout Standard
40565 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40566 \begin_inset space ~
40570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40572 reference "sec:Navigating"
40577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40579 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40586 \begin_layout Subsection
40587 Start Appendix Here
40590 \begin_layout Standard
40591 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40592 position as described in section
40593 \begin_inset space ~
40597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40599 reference "sec:Appendices"
40606 \begin_layout Subsection
40610 \begin_layout Standard
40611 Un/compresses the current document.
40614 \begin_layout Subsection
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40619 The document settings are described in appendix
40620 \begin_inset space ~
40624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40626 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40633 \begin_layout Section
40635 \begin_inset Index idx
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40647 \begin_layout Subsection
40651 \begin_layout Standard
40652 Spell checking is explained in section
40653 \begin_inset space ~
40657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40659 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40666 \begin_layout Subsection
40670 \begin_layout Standard
40671 The thesaurus is described in section
40672 \begin_inset space ~
40676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40678 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40685 \begin_layout Subsection
40687 \begin_inset Index idx
40690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40697 \begin_inset Index idx
40700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40709 \begin_layout Standard
40710 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
40711 highlighted document part.
40714 \begin_layout Subsection
40716 \begin_inset Index idx
40719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40728 \begin_layout Standard
40729 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40732 \begin_layout Subsection
40734 \begin_inset Index idx
40737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40738 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 Reconfiguration of LyX
40753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40766 \begin_inset Index idx
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40770 Reconfiguration of LyX
40778 \begin_layout Standard
40779 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40780 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40781 \begin_inset space ~
40785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40787 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40794 \begin_layout Subsection
40798 \begin_layout Standard
40799 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40806 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40813 \begin_layout Section
40815 \begin_inset Index idx
40818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40827 \begin_layout Standard
40828 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40832 \begin_layout Standard
40836 \begin_inset space ~
40841 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40842 found by LyX (see also section
40843 \begin_inset space ~
40847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40849 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40856 \begin_layout Section
40858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40860 name "sec:Toolbars"
40867 \begin_layout Standard
40868 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40869 \begin_inset space ~
40873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40875 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40882 \begin_layout Standard
40883 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40884 This is described in the
40886 Additional Features
40891 \begin_layout Subsection
40893 \begin_inset Index idx
40896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 \begin_layout Standard
40906 \begin_inset Graphics
40907 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40915 \begin_layout Standard
40916 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40922 \begin_layout Standard
40923 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40940 \begin_inset Note Note
40943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40944 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40949 manual for more information.
40957 \begin_layout Standard
40958 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40964 \begin_layout Standard
40965 \begin_inset Tabular
40966 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40967 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40969 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40975 \begin_inset Graphics
40976 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
41003 \begin_layout Standard
41004 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41010 \begin_layout Standard
41012 \begin_inset Tabular
41013 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41014 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41015 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41016 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41017 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41040 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41070 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41077 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41100 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41116 arg "dialog-show print"
41124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41130 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41146 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41167 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41190 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41220 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41227 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41250 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41280 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41326 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41340 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41379 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 Emphasize text, function of the
41409 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41411 \begin_inset space ~
41422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41443 Set text to noun style, function of the
41445 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41447 \begin_inset space ~
41458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41467 arg "textstyle-apply"
41475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41479 Formats text using the current settings in the
41481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41483 \begin_inset space ~
41494 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41518 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41520 \begin_inset space ~
41529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41538 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41566 arg "tabular-insert"
41574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 Toggle outline window on/off,
41610 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41626 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41644 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41653 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41665 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41678 \begin_layout Subsection
41680 \begin_inset Index idx
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 \begin_layout Standard
41693 \begin_inset Graphics
41694 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41702 \begin_layout Standard
41703 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41709 \begin_layout Standard
41710 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41714 \begin_layout Standard
41715 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41721 \begin_layout Standard
41722 \begin_inset Tabular
41723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41724 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41725 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41726 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41763 arg "layout Enumerate"
41771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41790 arg "layout Itemize"
41798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 arg "layout Description"
41852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 arg "depth-increment"
41879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41885 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41887 \begin_inset space ~
41891 \begin_inset space ~
41900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41909 arg "depth-decrement"
41917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41923 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41925 \begin_inset space ~
41929 \begin_inset space ~
41938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41947 arg "float-insert figure"
41955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41962 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41978 arg "float-insert table"
41986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41993 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42053 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42069 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42115 \begin_inset space ~
42124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42133 arg "nomencl-insert"
42141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42149 \begin_inset space ~
42158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42167 arg "footnote-insert"
42175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42197 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42213 \begin_inset space ~
42222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42246 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42248 \begin_inset space ~
42257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42266 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42357 \begin_inset space ~
42366 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42375 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42389 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42390 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42397 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42406 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42421 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42423 \begin_inset space ~
42432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42441 arg "dialog-show character"
42449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42457 \begin_inset space ~
42466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42475 arg "layout-paragraph"
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42491 \begin_inset space ~
42500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42523 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42537 \begin_layout Subsection
42538 View / Update Toolbar
42539 \begin_inset Index idx
42542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42543 Toolbar ! View / Update
42551 \begin_layout Standard
42552 \begin_inset Graphics
42553 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42560 \begin_layout Standard
42561 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42567 \begin_layout Standard
42568 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42572 \begin_layout Standard
42573 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42579 \begin_layout Standard
42580 \begin_inset Tabular
42581 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42582 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42583 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42584 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42608 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42624 arg "buffer-update"
42632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42638 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42654 arg "master-buffer-view"
42662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42668 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42675 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42684 arg "master-buffer-update"
42692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42700 \begin_inset space ~
42709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42718 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42733 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42734 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42735 Synchronize with Output
42741 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 \begin_inset Graphics
42747 filename ../images/view-others.png
42749 groupId toolbarbuttons
42760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42766 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42767 View (Other Formats)
42773 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42778 \begin_inset Graphics
42779 filename ../images/update-others.png
42781 groupId toolbarbuttons
42790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42796 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42797 Update (Other Formats)
42810 \begin_layout Standard
42811 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42815 \begin_layout Subsection
42819 \begin_layout Standard
42820 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42821 \begin_inset space ~
42825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42827 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42831 , the table toolbar
42832 \begin_inset Index idx
42835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42845 manual, the math macro toolbar
42846 \begin_inset Index idx
42849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 \begin_layout Chapter
42863 The Document Settings
42864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42866 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42871 \begin_inset Index idx
42874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42875 Document ! Settings
42883 \begin_layout Standard
42884 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42885 whole document and is called with the menu
42887 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42891 You can save your document settings as default with th
42893 e Save as Document Defaults
42895 button in the dialog.
42896 This will create a template named
42900 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42904 \begin_layout Standard
42905 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42908 \begin_layout Section
42912 \begin_layout Standard
42913 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42915 Document classes are described in section
42916 \begin_inset space ~
42920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42922 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42927 Some classes use some class options by default.
42928 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42932 and you can decide to use them or not.
42933 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42934 recommended not to touch them.
42935 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42941 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42942 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42948 When you want one of the following drivers
42949 \begin_inset Newline newline
42952 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42953 \begin_inset Newline newline
42956 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42957 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42961 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42963 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42975 \begin_layout Standard
42976 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42977 child or subdocument.
42978 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42979 without its master.
42980 This way child documents are always compilable.
42981 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42992 \begin_layout Section
42996 \begin_layout Standard
42997 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42998 Please refer to the section
43006 manual for details.
43009 \begin_layout Section
43013 \begin_layout Standard
43014 Modules are explained in section
43015 \begin_inset space ~
43019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43021 reference "sub:Modules"
43028 \begin_layout Section
43032 \begin_layout Standard
43033 The document font settings are described in section
43034 \begin_inset space ~
43038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43040 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43047 \begin_layout Section
43051 \begin_layout Standard
43052 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43054 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
43058 \begin_layout Standard
43059 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43060 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43061 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43064 \begin_layout Standard
43065 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
43073 \begin_layout Section
43077 \begin_layout Standard
43078 A description of this menu is given in section
43079 \begin_inset space ~
43083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43085 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
43090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43092 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43099 \begin_layout Section
43103 \begin_layout Standard
43104 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43105 \begin_inset space ~
43109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43111 reference "sub:Margins"
43118 \begin_layout Section
43120 \begin_inset Index idx
43123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43124 Language ! Encoding
43132 \begin_layout Standard
43133 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43134 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43135 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43136 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43137 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43138 known for a particular character).
43142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43143 The known commands are defined in a text file.
43144 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43149 manual for details.
43157 \begin_layout Standard
43158 If you use the option
43162 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43163 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43164 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43165 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43166 exactly one encoding.
43167 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43170 \begin_layout Standard
43171 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43172 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43173 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43174 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43175 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43176 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43181 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43182 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43183 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43184 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43185 engines to standard LaTeX.
43186 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43187 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43190 \begin_inset space ~
43197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43209 \begin_inset space ~
43216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43228 \begin_inset space ~
43234 \begin_inset space ~
43238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43240 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43244 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
43247 \begin_layout Standard
43248 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43251 \begin_layout Description
43253 \begin_inset space ~
43257 \begin_inset space ~
43261 \begin_inset space ~
43268 , but the LaTeX-package
43273 \begin_inset Index idx
43276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43283 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43284 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43285 languages in TeX code.
43288 \begin_layout Description
43289 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43290 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43291 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43294 \begin_layout Description
43296 \begin_inset space ~
43300 \begin_inset space ~
43303 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43306 \begin_layout Description
43308 \begin_inset space ~
43312 \begin_inset space ~
43315 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43318 \begin_layout Description
43320 \begin_inset space ~
43323 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43326 \begin_layout Description
43328 \begin_inset space ~
43332 \begin_inset space ~
43335 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43336 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43339 \begin_layout Description
43341 \begin_inset space ~
43345 \begin_inset space ~
43348 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43352 \begin_layout Description
43354 \begin_inset space ~
43358 \begin_inset space ~
43361 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43362 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43365 \begin_layout Description
43367 \begin_inset space ~
43371 \begin_inset space ~
43375 \begin_inset space ~
43378 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43379 \begin_inset space ~
43385 \begin_layout Description
43387 \begin_inset space ~
43391 \begin_inset space ~
43395 \begin_inset space ~
43398 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43399 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43402 \begin_layout Description
43404 \begin_inset space ~
43408 \begin_inset space ~
43411 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43412 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43413 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43414 \begin_inset space ~
43418 \begin_inset space ~
43424 \begin_layout Description
43426 \begin_inset space ~
43430 \begin_inset space ~
43433 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43434 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43435 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43436 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43437 \begin_inset space ~
43441 \begin_inset space ~
43447 \begin_layout Description
43449 \begin_inset space ~
43453 \begin_inset space ~
43456 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43459 \begin_layout Description
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43465 \begin_inset space ~
43468 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43471 \begin_layout Description
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43477 \begin_inset space ~
43480 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43483 \begin_layout Description
43485 \begin_inset space ~
43488 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43491 \begin_layout Description
43493 \begin_inset space ~
43496 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43499 \begin_layout Description
43501 \begin_inset space ~
43505 \begin_inset space ~
43508 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43511 \begin_layout Description
43513 \begin_inset space ~
43517 \begin_inset space ~
43523 \begin_layout Description
43525 \begin_inset space ~
43529 \begin_inset space ~
43532 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43535 \begin_layout Description
43537 \begin_inset space ~
43541 \begin_inset space ~
43547 \begin_layout Description
43549 \begin_inset space ~
43553 \begin_inset space ~
43556 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43561 \begin_inset Index idx
43564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43565 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43570 , when using this, set the document language to
43575 \begin_layout Description
43577 \begin_inset space ~
43581 \begin_inset space ~
43584 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43588 , when using this, set the document language to
43591 \begin_inset space ~
43597 \begin_layout Description
43599 \begin_inset space ~
43603 \begin_inset space ~
43606 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43611 \begin_inset Index idx
43614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43615 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43620 , when using this, set the document language to
43625 \begin_layout Description
43627 \begin_inset space ~
43631 \begin_inset space ~
43634 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43638 , when using this, set the document language to
43643 \begin_layout Description
43645 \begin_inset space ~
43649 \begin_inset space ~
43652 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43656 , when using this, set the document language to
43661 \begin_layout Description
43663 \begin_inset space ~
43666 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43669 \begin_layout Description
43671 \begin_inset space ~
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43679 \begin_inset space ~
43682 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43685 \begin_layout Description
43687 \begin_inset space ~
43691 \begin_inset space ~
43695 \begin_inset space ~
43698 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43699 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43700 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43703 \begin_layout Description
43705 \begin_inset space ~
43709 \begin_inset space ~
43715 \begin_layout Description
43717 \begin_inset space ~
43721 \begin_inset space ~
43724 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43725 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43728 \begin_layout Description
43730 \begin_inset space ~
43734 \begin_inset space ~
43737 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43742 \begin_inset Index idx
43745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43746 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43751 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43754 \begin_layout Description
43756 \begin_inset space ~
43760 \begin_inset space ~
43763 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43771 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43776 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43778 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43781 \begin_layout Description
43783 \begin_inset space ~
43787 \begin_inset space ~
43790 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43795 \begin_inset Index idx
43798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43799 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43804 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43807 \begin_layout Description
43809 \begin_inset space ~
43812 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43817 \begin_inset Index idx
43820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43821 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43827 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43831 \begin_layout Description
43833 \begin_inset space ~
43837 \begin_inset space ~
43841 \begin_inset space ~
43844 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43845 \begin_inset space ~
43851 \begin_layout Description
43853 \begin_inset space ~
43857 \begin_inset space ~
43861 \begin_inset space ~
43864 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43865 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43866 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43870 \begin_layout Description
43872 \begin_inset space ~
43876 \begin_inset space ~
43880 \begin_inset space ~
43883 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43884 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43887 \begin_layout Standard
43888 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43892 LatexCommand formatted
43893 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43897 for more information on the language package.
43900 \begin_layout Section
43904 \begin_layout Standard
43905 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43906 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43907 \begin_inset space ~
43911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43913 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43920 \begin_layout Section
43924 \begin_layout Standard
43925 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43930 \begin_inset Index idx
43933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43934 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43944 \begin_inset Index idx
43947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43948 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43953 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43958 \begin_inset Index idx
43961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43962 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43967 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43969 For a further description see section
43970 \begin_inset space ~
43974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43976 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43983 \begin_layout Section
43987 \begin_layout Standard
43988 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43989 and you can define additional indexes.
43990 Please refer to section
43991 \begin_inset space ~
43995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43997 reference "sec:Index"
44004 \begin_layout Section
44008 \begin_layout Standard
44009 The PDF properties are explained in section
44010 \begin_inset space ~
44014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44016 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44023 \begin_layout Section
44027 \begin_layout Standard
44028 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44033 \begin_inset Index idx
44036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44037 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44047 \begin_inset Index idx
44050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44051 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44056 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44059 \begin_layout Standard
44064 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44065 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
44068 \begin_layout Standard
44073 is used for special integral characters.
44076 \begin_layout Section
44080 \begin_layout Standard
44081 The float placement options are described in section
44082 \begin_inset space ~
44086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44088 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
44095 \begin_layout Section
44099 \begin_layout Standard
44100 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
44101 The itemize environment is described in section
44102 \begin_inset space ~
44106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44108 reference "sec:Itemize"
44115 \begin_layout Section
44119 \begin_layout Standard
44120 Branches are described in section
44121 \begin_inset space ~
44125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44127 reference "sec:Branches"
44134 \begin_layout Section
44136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44138 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44145 \begin_layout Standard
44146 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44149 \begin_layout Description
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44155 \begin_inset space ~
44158 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44178 View Master Document
44179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44186 Update Master Document
44187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44194 menu or the toolbar.
44195 The default is set in
44197 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44198 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44203 LatexCommand formatted
44204 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44211 \begin_layout Description
44213 \begin_inset space ~
44217 \begin_inset space ~
44221 \begin_inset Note Note
44224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44233 \begin_layout Description
44235 \begin_inset space ~
44239 \begin_inset space ~
44243 \begin_inset Note Note
44246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44255 \begin_layout Section
44260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44270 \begin_layout Standard
44271 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44272 to define LaTeX-commands.
44273 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44274 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44278 \begin_layout Standard
44279 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44286 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44293 \begin_layout Chapter
44299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44301 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
44306 \begin_inset Index idx
44309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44318 \begin_layout Standard
44319 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44321 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44325 It has the following submenus.
44328 \begin_layout Section
44332 \begin_layout Subsection
44336 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44337 User Interface File
44338 \begin_inset Index idx
44341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44342 Customization ! of toolbars
44348 \begin_inset Index idx
44351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44352 Customization ! of menus
44360 \begin_layout Standard
44361 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44369 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44378 \begin_layout Standard
44379 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44380 interface (ui) file.
44381 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44382 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44391 Both files are loaded by the
44396 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44397 files and edit the entries.
44400 \begin_layout Standard
44401 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44413 entries must be ended with an explicit
44438 and in the case of the
44439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44451 The syntax for the entries is:
44454 \begin_layout Standard
44455 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44483 \begin_layout Standard
44485 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44488 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44490 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44492 \begin_inset space ~
44500 \begin_layout Standard
44501 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44507 \begin_layout Standard
44508 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44510 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44513 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44517 \begin_layout Standard
44518 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44542 \begin_layout Standard
44544 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44547 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44554 \begin_layout Standard
44557 Enable tool tips in main work area
44559 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44563 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44567 \begin_layout Standard
44571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44575 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44578 restoring of window layout and geometries
44580 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44581 in the last LyX session.
44584 \begin_layout Standard
44587 Restore cursor positions
44589 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44593 \begin_layout Standard
44596 Load opened files from last session
44598 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44601 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44605 name "sub:Backup documents"
44610 \begin_inset Index idx
44613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44622 \begin_layout Standard
44627 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44630 \begin_layout Standard
44635 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44638 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44640 \begin_inset space ~
44648 \begin_layout Standard
44651 Open documents in tabs
44653 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44657 \begin_layout Subsection
44659 \begin_inset Index idx
44662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44671 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44678 \begin_layout Standard
44679 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44682 \begin_layout Standard
44683 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44691 This section only deals with the fonts
44696 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44700 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44711 \begin_layout Standard
44712 By default, LyX uses
44716 as roman (serif) font,
44724 (depends on the system) as
44727 \begin_inset space ~
44743 \begin_layout Standard
44744 You can change the font size with the
44749 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44750 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44753 \begin_layout Standard
44758 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44759 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44764 points have the size of 1
44765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44769 \begin_inset space ~
44773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44775 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44782 \begin_layout Standard
44787 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44792 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44793 \begin_inset space ~
44797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44799 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44806 \begin_layout Standard
44809 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44811 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44812 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44813 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44814 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44816 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44817 \begin_inset space ~
44823 \begin_layout Subsection
44825 \begin_inset Index idx
44828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44835 \begin_inset Index idx
44838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44847 \begin_layout Standard
44848 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44849 Choose an item in the list and use the
44856 \begin_layout Subsection
44858 \begin_inset Index idx
44861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44870 \begin_layout Standard
44871 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44874 \begin_layout Standard
44879 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44880 This feature is described in section
44881 \begin_inset space ~
44885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44887 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44894 \begin_layout Standard
44898 \begin_inset space ~
44902 \begin_inset space ~
44906 \begin_inset space ~
44911 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44914 \begin_layout Section
44916 \begin_inset Index idx
44919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44928 \begin_layout Subsection
44932 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44936 \begin_layout Standard
44939 Cursor follows scrollbar
44941 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44945 \begin_layout Standard
44946 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44951 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44952 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44955 \begin_layout Standard
44958 Sort environments alphabetically
44960 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44963 \begin_layout Standard
44966 Group environments by their category
44968 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44971 \begin_layout Standard
44972 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44988 \begin_layout Standard
44989 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44994 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44995 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44999 \begin_layout Subsection
45001 \begin_inset Index idx
45004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45011 \begin_inset Index idx
45014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45015 Settings ! Shortcuts
45023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45027 \begin_layout Standard
45028 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
45029 Several binding files are available:
45032 \begin_layout Description
45033 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
45036 \begin_layout Description
45037 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
45048 \begin_layout Description
45049 mac.bind set of bindings for
45052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45060 \begin_layout Standard
45061 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
45065 , and bind files for special languages.
45066 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
45067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45071 \begin_inset space \space{}
45075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45083 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
45087 \begin_layout Standard
45088 Some bind-files, like
45092 , have only a small scope.
45093 When looking at the end of the file
45097 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
45100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45104 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
45109 \begin_inset Index idx
45112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45113 Key Bindings ! Editing
45121 \begin_layout Standard
45122 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45123 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45124 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45127 Show key-bindings containing
45130 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45131 Insert there for example as keyword
45132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45139 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45149 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45150 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45154 that you will find in the
45161 \begin_layout Standard
45163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45167 \begin_inset space \space{}
45178 , select the function and press the
45183 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45184 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45185 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45186 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45187 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45189 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45191 The binding for the function
45195 is an example of this.
45198 \begin_layout Standard
45199 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45201 The syntax of the entries is:
45204 \begin_layout Standard
45210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45228 \begin_layout Subsection
45230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45232 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45237 \begin_inset Index idx
45240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45247 \begin_inset Index idx
45250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45251 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45259 \begin_layout Standard
45260 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45261 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45267 \begin_inset space \space{}
45270 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45271 can use the keyboard map file named
45278 \begin_layout Standard
45279 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45287 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45295 \begin_layout Standard
45296 Besides this, you can specify here the
45298 Wheel scrolling speed
45301 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45305 \begin_layout Subsection
45307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45309 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45314 \begin_inset Index idx
45317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45326 \begin_layout Standard
45327 Input completion is described in sec.
45328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45334 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45339 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45341 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45342 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45346 \begin_layout Section
45348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45355 \begin_inset Index idx
45358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45365 \begin_inset Index idx
45368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45377 \begin_layout Description
45379 \begin_inset space ~
45382 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45383 It is the default when you
45394 \begin_inset space ~
45402 \begin_layout Description
45404 \begin_inset space ~
45407 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45409 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45411 \begin_inset space ~
45415 \begin_inset space ~
45423 \begin_layout Description
45425 \begin_inset space ~
45428 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45434 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45438 \begin_inset Newline newline
45442 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45454 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45462 \begin_layout Description
45464 \begin_inset space ~
45468 \begin_inset Index idx
45471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45477 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45478 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45479 \begin_inset space ~
45483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45485 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45493 will be used to save the backups.
45494 \begin_inset Newline newline
45497 The backup files have the ending
45498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45508 \begin_layout Description
45513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45520 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45521 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45522 \begin_inset Newline newline
45529 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
45530 You can edit this file with the program
45539 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
45542 \begin_inset space ~
45548 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
45553 and click on the LyX-symbol.
45554 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
45560 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
45561 \begin_inset Newline newline
45565 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45573 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45581 \begin_layout Description
45583 \begin_inset space ~
45586 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45589 \begin_layout Description
45591 \begin_inset space ~
45594 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45595 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45596 to find it on the system.
45597 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45598 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45607 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45608 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45612 \begin_layout Section
45616 \begin_layout Standard
45617 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45618 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45620 \begin_inset space ~
45624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45626 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45630 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45633 \begin_layout Section
45635 \begin_inset Index idx
45638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45639 Language ! Settings
45645 \begin_inset Index idx
45648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45649 Settings ! Language
45657 \begin_layout Subsection
45659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45661 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45668 \begin_layout Description
45670 \begin_inset space ~
45674 \begin_inset space ~
45677 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45678 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45679 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45680 You find the actual translation status here:
45681 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45683 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45684 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45691 \begin_layout Description
45693 \begin_inset space ~
45696 language is the language used in new documents
45699 \begin_layout Description
45701 \begin_inset space ~
45704 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45706 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45707 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45724 The most widespread language package is
45728 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45729 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45730 with an alternative language package (
45734 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45735 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45737 \begin_inset Newline newline
45740 The available selections are:
45744 \begin_layout Itemize
45754 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45758 \begin_layout Itemize
45764 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45765 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45766 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45769 \begin_layout Itemize
45775 Lets you load some other language package (via
45788 \begin_layout Itemize
45794 Loads no language package at all
45798 \begin_layout Description
45800 \begin_inset space ~
45804 \begin_inset space ~
45807 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45811 \begin_layout Description
45813 \begin_inset space ~
45816 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45817 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45818 An example is the start command
45824 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45829 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45844 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45849 \begin_layout Description
45851 \begin_inset space ~
45859 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45860 command toggles the package on and off.
45863 \begin_layout Description
45865 \begin_inset space ~
45869 \begin_inset space ~
45872 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45873 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45874 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45875 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45882 \begin_layout Description
45884 \begin_inset space ~
45887 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45889 When this option is not set, the
45892 \begin_inset space ~
45897 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45898 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45901 \begin_inset space ~
45909 \begin_layout Description
45911 \begin_inset space ~
45917 \begin_inset space ~
45923 When it is not set, the
45926 \begin_inset space ~
45931 is set to the end of the document.
45934 \begin_layout Description
45936 \begin_inset space ~
45940 \begin_inset space ~
45943 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45944 language will be underlined blue.
45947 \begin_layout Description
45949 \begin_inset space ~
45953 \begin_inset space ~
45956 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45957 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45960 \begin_layout Description
45962 \begin_inset space ~
45965 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45966 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45967 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45968 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45971 \begin_layout Subsection
45975 \begin_layout Standard
45976 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45977 \begin_inset space ~
45981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45983 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45990 \begin_layout Section
45994 \begin_layout Subsection
45996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46003 \begin_inset Index idx
46006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46013 \begin_inset Index idx
46016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46025 \begin_layout Description
46027 \begin_inset space ~
46030 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
46031 The name will be used when the
46036 \begin_inset Newline newline
46040 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46048 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
46056 \begin_layout Description
46058 \begin_inset space ~
46062 \begin_inset space ~
46066 \begin_inset space ~
46069 printer This option works only for the
46074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46086 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
46087 This is an option only for dvips experts.
46090 \begin_layout Description
46092 \begin_inset space ~
46095 command is the command LyX
46096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46103 LaTeX uses for printing.
46104 The default is on most systems
46111 \begin_layout Description
46113 \begin_inset space ~
46117 \begin_inset space ~
46120 Options Here you can specify printer options.
46121 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
46122 of the program that provides the
46129 \begin_layout Subsection
46131 \begin_inset Index idx
46134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46141 \begin_inset Index idx
46144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46145 Settings ! Date format
46153 \begin_layout Standard
46154 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46155 \begin_inset Newline newline
46159 \begin_inset Flex URL
46162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46164 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46170 \begin_inset Newline newline
46173 For example the format
46174 \begin_inset Newline newline
46178 \begin_inset Newline newline
46181 prints the date as day/month/year.
46184 \begin_layout Subsection
46188 \begin_layout Description
46190 \begin_inset space ~
46194 \begin_inset space ~
46197 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46200 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46201 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46203 \begin_inset space ~
46209 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46213 \begin_layout Description
46215 \begin_inset space ~
46218 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46223 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46224 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46227 \begin_layout Subsection
46232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46242 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46247 \begin_inset Index idx
46250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46259 \begin_layout Description
46261 \begin_inset space ~
46268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46276 \begin_inset space ~
46280 \begin_inset space ~
46283 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46288 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46310 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46323 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46324 LyX sets up in the background.
46325 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46328 \begin_layout Description
46330 \begin_inset space ~
46334 \begin_inset space ~
46337 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46342 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46345 \begin_layout Standard
46346 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46347 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46348 manuals of the applications.
46349 Currently the following commands can be set:
46352 \begin_layout Description
46357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46365 \begin_inset space ~
46368 command Command for the program
46372 that is described in the section
46378 Additional Features
46383 \begin_layout Description
46388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46396 \begin_inset space ~
46399 command Command for the program
46403 that generates the bibliography, see section
46404 \begin_inset space ~
46408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46410 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46417 \begin_layout Description
46419 \begin_inset space ~
46422 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46423 \begin_inset space ~
46427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46429 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46436 \begin_layout Description
46438 \begin_inset space ~
46441 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46442 \begin_inset space ~
46446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46448 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46455 \begin_layout Description
46457 \begin_inset space ~
46461 \begin_inset space ~
46465 \begin_inset space ~
46469 \begin_inset space ~
46472 options They only have an effect when the program
46476 is used as DVI-viewer.
46479 \begin_layout Standard
46480 There are additionally the following options:
46483 \begin_layout Description
46485 \begin_inset space ~
46489 \begin_inset space ~
46493 \begin_inset space ~
46497 \begin_inset space ~
46501 \begin_inset space ~
46504 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46522 to separate folders.
46523 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46524 \begin_inset Index idx
46527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46534 \begin_inset Index idx
46537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46546 \begin_layout Description
46548 \begin_inset space ~
46552 \begin_inset space ~
46556 \begin_inset space ~
46560 \begin_inset space ~
46564 \begin_inset space ~
46568 \begin_inset space ~
46571 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46573 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46576 dialog when changing the document class.
46579 \begin_layout Section
46581 \begin_inset space ~
46585 \begin_inset Index idx
46588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46597 \begin_layout Subsection
46599 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46601 name "sub:Converters"
46606 \begin_inset Index idx
46609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46618 \begin_layout Standard
46619 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46620 from one format to another.
46621 You can modify them or create new ones.
46622 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46629 \begin_inset space ~
46639 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46643 \begin_inset space ~
46648 drop-down list, modify the
46652 field, and press the
46659 \begin_layout Standard
46662 Converter File Cache
46664 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46667 Maximum Age (in days
46670 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46671 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46674 \begin_layout Standard
46675 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46676 the converter definition, is described in the section
46687 \begin_layout Subsection
46689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46691 name "sec:File-Formats"
46696 \begin_inset Index idx
46699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46706 \begin_inset Index idx
46709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46718 \begin_layout Standard
46719 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46720 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46724 \begin_layout Standard
46725 Furthermore, you can define the
46726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46729 Default output format
46730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46733 that is used when you hit
46734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46753 View Master Document
46754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46761 Update Master Document
46762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46765 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46768 \begin_layout Standard
46769 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46770 is described in the section
46781 \begin_layout Standard
46782 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46783 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46784 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46785 This is done by specifying a
46790 More about this is described in the section
46801 \begin_layout Chapter
46802 Units available in LyX
46803 \begin_inset Index idx
46806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46815 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46822 \begin_layout Standard
46823 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46826 reference "cap:Units"
46830 explains all units available in LyX.
46833 \begin_layout Standard
46834 \begin_inset Float table
46840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46841 \begin_inset Caption
46843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46859 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46867 \begin_inset Tabular
46868 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46869 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46870 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46871 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47022 scaled point (65536
47023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47083 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
47087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47138 % of original image width
47145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47352 \begin_layout Chapter
47354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47363 \begin_layout Standard
47364 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47365 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47368 \begin_layout Itemize
47371 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47374 \begin_layout Itemize
47380 \begin_layout Itemize
47386 \begin_layout Itemize
47392 \begin_layout Itemize
47398 \begin_layout Itemize
47404 \begin_layout Itemize
47410 \begin_layout Itemize
47416 \begin_layout Itemize
47419 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47422 \begin_layout Itemize
47428 \begin_layout Itemize
47434 \begin_layout Itemize
47440 \begin_layout Itemize
47446 \begin_layout Itemize
47452 \begin_layout Itemize
47458 \begin_layout Itemize
47464 \begin_layout Itemize
47470 \begin_layout Itemize
47472 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47481 \begin_layout Standard
47482 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47485 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47492 \begin_layout Bibliography
47493 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47494 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47495 LatexCommand bibitem
47502 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47505 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47510 \begin_inset Newline newline
47514 \begin_inset Flex URL
47517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47519 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47527 \begin_layout Bibliography
47528 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47529 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47530 LatexCommand bibitem
47531 key "latexcompanion"
47535 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47537 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47540 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47543 \begin_layout Bibliography
47544 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47545 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47546 LatexCommand bibitem
47551 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47554 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47557 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47560 \begin_layout Bibliography
47561 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47562 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47563 LatexCommand bibitem
47570 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47573 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47576 \begin_layout Bibliography
47577 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47578 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47579 LatexCommand bibitem
47591 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47594 \begin_layout Bibliography
47595 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47596 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47597 LatexCommand bibitem
47603 \begin_inset Newline newline
47607 \begin_inset Flex URL
47610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47612 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47620 \begin_layout Bibliography
47621 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47622 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47623 LatexCommand bibitem
47629 \begin_inset Newline newline
47633 \begin_inset Flex URL
47636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47638 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47646 \begin_layout Bibliography
47647 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47648 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47649 LatexCommand bibitem
47655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47657 name "Documentation"
47658 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47667 \begin_inset Newline newline
47671 \begin_inset Flex URL
47674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47676 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47684 \begin_layout Bibliography
47685 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47686 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47687 LatexCommand bibitem
47693 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47695 name "Documentation"
47696 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47700 how to use the program
47705 \begin_inset Newline newline
47709 \begin_inset Flex URL
47712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47714 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47722 \begin_layout Bibliography
47723 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47724 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47725 LatexCommand bibitem
47731 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47733 name "Documentation"
47734 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47743 \begin_inset Newline newline
47747 \begin_inset Flex URL
47750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47752 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47760 \begin_layout Bibliography
47761 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47762 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47763 LatexCommand bibitem
47769 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47771 name "Documentation"
47772 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47781 \begin_inset Newline newline
47785 \begin_inset Flex URL
47788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47790 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47798 \begin_layout Bibliography
47799 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47800 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47801 LatexCommand bibitem
47807 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47809 name "Documentation"
47810 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47814 of the LaTeX-package
47819 \begin_inset Index idx
47822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47823 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47829 \begin_inset Newline newline
47833 \begin_inset Flex URL
47836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47838 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47846 \begin_layout Bibliography
47847 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47848 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47849 LatexCommand bibitem
47855 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47857 name "Documentation"
47858 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47862 of the LaTeX-package
47867 \begin_inset Index idx
47870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47871 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47877 \begin_inset Newline newline
47881 \begin_inset Flex URL
47884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47886 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47894 \begin_layout Bibliography
47895 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47896 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47897 LatexCommand bibitem
47903 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47905 name "Documentation"
47906 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47910 of the LaTeX-package
47915 \begin_inset Index idx
47918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47919 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47925 \begin_inset Newline newline
47929 \begin_inset Flex URL
47932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47934 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47942 \begin_layout Bibliography
47943 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47944 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47945 LatexCommand bibitem
47953 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47955 name "Documentation"
47956 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47962 of the LaTeX-package
47967 \begin_inset Index idx
47970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47971 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47977 \begin_inset Newline newline
47981 \begin_inset Flex URL
47984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47986 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47994 \begin_layout Bibliography
47995 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47996 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47997 LatexCommand bibitem
48003 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48005 name "Documentation"
48006 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48010 of the LaTeX-package
48015 \begin_inset Index idx
48018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48019 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
48025 \begin_inset Newline newline
48029 \begin_inset Flex URL
48032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48034 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48042 \begin_layout Bibliography
48043 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48044 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48045 LatexCommand bibitem
48051 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48053 name "Documentation"
48054 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
48058 of the LaTeX-package
48063 \begin_inset Index idx
48066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48067 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
48073 \begin_inset Newline newline
48077 \begin_inset Flex URL
48080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48082 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
48090 \begin_layout Bibliography
48091 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48092 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48093 LatexCommand bibitem
48099 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48102 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
48106 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48107 \begin_inset Newline newline
48111 \begin_inset Flex URL
48114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48116 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48124 \begin_layout Bibliography
48125 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48126 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48127 LatexCommand bibitem
48133 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48136 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48140 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48141 \begin_inset Newline newline
48145 \begin_inset Flex URL
48148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48150 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48158 \begin_layout Bibliography
48159 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48160 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48161 LatexCommand bibitem
48167 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48170 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48174 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48175 \begin_inset Newline newline
48179 \begin_inset Flex URL
48182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48184 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48192 \begin_layout Bibliography
48193 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48194 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48195 LatexCommand bibitem
48201 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48204 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48208 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48209 \begin_inset Newline newline
48213 \begin_inset Flex URL
48216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48218 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48226 \begin_layout Bibliography
48227 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48228 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48229 LatexCommand bibitem
48235 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48238 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48242 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48243 \begin_inset Newline newline
48247 \begin_inset Flex URL
48250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48252 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48260 \begin_layout Bibliography
48261 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48262 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48263 LatexCommand bibitem
48269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48272 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48276 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48277 \begin_inset Newline newline
48281 \begin_inset Flex URL
48284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48286 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48294 \begin_layout Bibliography
48295 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48296 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48297 LatexCommand bibitem
48303 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48306 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48310 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48311 \begin_inset Newline newline
48315 \begin_inset Flex URL
48318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48320 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48328 \begin_layout Bibliography
48329 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48330 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48331 LatexCommand bibitem
48337 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48340 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48344 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48345 \begin_inset Newline newline
48349 \begin_inset Flex URL
48352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48354 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48362 \begin_layout Bibliography
48363 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48364 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48365 LatexCommand bibitem
48371 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48374 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48378 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48379 \begin_inset Newline newline
48383 \begin_inset Flex URL
48386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48388 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48396 \begin_layout Bibliography
48397 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48398 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48399 LatexCommand bibitem
48405 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48408 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48412 about new features in
48417 \begin_inset Newline newline
48421 \begin_inset Flex URL
48424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48426 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48434 \begin_layout Standard
48435 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48469 \begin_inset Note Note
48472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48479 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48480 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48481 bibliography is the second one:
48489 \begin_layout Standard
48490 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48491 LatexCommand bibtex
48492 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48493 options "biblio/alphadin"
48500 \begin_layout Standard
48501 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48504 \begin_layout Standard
48505 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48506 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48512 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48513 LatexCommand printindex